Page 1
SERVICE MANUAL
No. 00ZFO6700USME
FACSIMILE
MODEL FO-6700
OPTION:DUAL LINE KIT
MODEL FO-67DL
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SELECTION CODE DESTINATION
U U.S.A.
The FO-6700U Service Manual contains information which differs from the FO-5800U Service Manual.
For additional information, refer to the FO-5800U/C (00ZFO5800USME), FO-4700U/FO47UC (00ZFO4700USME)
Service Manuals.
CAUTION
This laser facsimile is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH or IEC60825-1 standard.
This means that this machine does not produce a hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls, adjustments or performance of
procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved on the eyes retina, there is
danger of spot damage to the retina.
The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of servicing.
1) When a problem in the Laser Optical Unit has occurred, the whole Optical Unit must be exchanged as a unit.
2) Do not look into the machine with the Main Switch turned on after removing the Toner/Developer Unit and Drum Cartridge.
3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the Laser Optical Unit with the connector connected when removing and installing the Optical Unit.
4) The cover of Laser Printer Unit contains the Safety Interlock Switch. Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or
other items into the switch slot.
Laser Wave Length : 770-810 mm
Laser Pulse Times
Laser Output Power : 0.37 mW
Parts marked with " " is important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.
: 49.2 µs
SHARP CORPORATION
This document has been published to be used
for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
Page 2
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
CAUTION FOR BATTERY REPLACEMENT
(Danish) ADVARSEL !
Lithiumbatteri-Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri
af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandoren.
(English) Caution !
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type
recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
Discard used batteries according to manufacturer’s instructions.
(Finnish) VAROITUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan
tyyppiin. Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden
mukaisesti.
(French) ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’ il y a remplacement incorrect
de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du
même type ou d’un type recommandé par le constructeur.
Mettre au rébut les batteries usagées conformément aux
instructions du fabricant.
(Swedish) VARNING
Explosionsfare vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent
typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens
instruktion.
(German) Achtung
Explosionsgefahr bei Verwendung inkorrekter Batterien.
Als Ersatzbatterien dürfen nur Batterien vom gleichen Typ oder
vom Hersteller empfohlene Batterien verwendet werden.
Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien nur nach den vom
Hersteller angegebenen Anweisungen.
Page 3
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[1] Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
[2] Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
[3] Refer to the Service Manual FO-4700U/FO-47UC
[4] Refer to the Service Manual FO-4700U/FO-47UC
[5] Refer to the Service Manual FO-4700U/FO-47UC
[6] Instructions for installing the FO-67DL dual line kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS
[1] Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
[3] Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
[4] Error code table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
[5] Overseas communication mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
[6] Administrator mode in the personal book function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
[1] Refer to the Service Manual FO-4700U/FO-47UC
[2] Refer to the Service Manual FO-4700U/FO-47UC
[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
[4]
How to install the verification stamp (FO-45VS) refer to the service manual supplement of FO-4700U/FO-47UC
CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS
[1] Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
[2] Wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
[3] Point-to-point diagram and connector signal name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
[1] Circuit description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
[2] Circuit description of Main Control PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
[3] Circuit description of Line Control PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
[4] Circuit description of Memory PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT
[1] Main Control PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
[2] Line-1 Control PWB circuit (FO-6700U) & Line-2 Control PWB circuit (OPTION:FO-67DL) . . . . . 6-19
[3] LIU PWB 1 circuit (FO-6700U), LIU PWB 2 circuit (OPTION:FO-67DL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
[4] Printer PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
[5] Power Supply PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
[6] Operation Panel PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
[7] High Voltage PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
[8] Toner Empty PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
[9] 2nd. Cassette PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
[10] 3rd. Cassette PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
[11] Memory PWB circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
CHAPTER 7. OPERATION FLOWCHART
[1] G3 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
[2] Super G3 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
[3] Power ON Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
CHAPTER 8. OTHERS
[1] Service Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
[2] IC Signal Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
PARTS GUIDE
Page 4
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[1] Specifications
• GENERAL
Automat ic dialing Conventional Auto Dialing:
Rapid Key Dialing: 48 numbers
Speed Dialing: 200 numbers
Personal Auto Dial Books: 30 books
(48 Rapid Keys, 16 Speed Dial numbers
per book)
Memo ry siz e* 4 MB (approx. 256 pages)
Mode m speed 33,600 bps (max.)
Automatic fallback to lower speeds.
Transmission time* Approx. 2 seconds
Toner cartridge yield Initial starter cartridge (included with
(4% page coverage,letter fax machine): Approx. 3000 pages
paper) Replacement cartridge (FO-47ND):
Approx. 6000 pages
Drum car tridge yield Initial starter cartridge (included with
fax machine): 20,000 pages (avg.)
Replacement cartridge (FO-47DR):
20,000 pages (avg.)
Resolution Horizontal: 203 pels/inch (8 pels/mm)
Vertical:
Standard: 98 lines/inch (3.85 lines/mm)
Fine /Halftone:
196 lines/inch (7.7 lines/mm)
Super fine:
391 lines/inch (15.4 lines mm)
Automatic d ocument Letter paper (20 lb): Max. 50 pages
feeder Legal paper: Max. 20 pages
(Note: 11" x17" paper must be loaded
one page at a time.)
Paper capacity 1250 sheets (one 250 sheet tray and
two 500 sheet cassettes)
Compression scheme MMR, MR, MH, JBIG, Sharp (H2)
Halftone (grayscale) 64 levels
Applicable telephone line Public switched telephone network
Compatibility ITU-T (CCITT) G3 mode
Effective Scanning width 10.1" (256 mm) max.
Effectiv e Printing width 8.0" (203 mm) max.
Recepti on mo de s Auto/Manual
Instascan speed 30 ppm (letter-size documents,
standard resolution)
Full Dual Access Yes
Copy function Single/Multi/Sort (99 copies/page)
Power requirements 120 V AC, 60 Hz
Operating temperature 50 - 86°F (10 - 30°C)
Humidity 20 to 85% RH
Power consumption Standby:
Without dual line option: 15 W
With dual line option: 17W
Maximum: 600 W
Dimensions Width: 18.1" (460 mm)
Depth: 15.4" (390 mm)
Height: 20.1" (510 mm)
Weight Approx. 55.1 Ibs.(25.0kg)
* Based on ITU-T Test Chart #1 at standard resolution in Sharp special
mode, excluding time for protocol signals (i.e., ITU-T phase C time
only).
Option
Toner cartridge
Drum cartridge
Option memory
Verification stamp
Dual line kit
: FO-47ND
: FO-47DR
: FO-4ML/8ML/12ML
: FO-45VS
: FO-67DL
Printing resolution Horizontal: 406 lines/inch
(16 lines/mm)
Vertical: 391 lines/inch
(15.4 lines/mm)
Input document size Automatic feeding:
Width: 5.8 to 10.1" (148 to 256 mm)
Length: 5.0 to 14.3" (128 to 364 mm)
Manual feeding:
Width: 5.8 to 11.0" (148 to 279 mm)
Length: 5.0 to 17.0" (128 to 432 mm)
As a part of our policy of continuous improvement, SHARP reserves the right to make design and specification changes for product
improvement without prior notice. The performance specifications figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some
deviations from these values in individual units.
1 – 1
Page 5
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
[2] Operation panel
1
STATUS
4
56
11
01
02
03
04
C
D
11
12
K
L
19
20
S
T
27 28 29 30 31 32
11
A
B
09
10
I
J
17
18
Q
R
25
26
Y
Z
12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
05
06
E
F
13
14
M
N
21
22
U
V
CLEARSPSHIFTSPACE
2
LINE 1 IN USE
LINE 2 IN USE
CHANGEOVER
POWER SAVE RESOLUTION
89
7
07
08
G
H
15
16
O
P
23
24
W
X
3
STANDARD
FINE
SUPER FINE
HALF TONE
10
Rapid Key
overlay down
Display
1
This displays messages and prompts during operat ion and
programming.
LINE 1 IN USE light
2
This lights when the fax machine is using the telephone line.
(If you have installed the dual-line option, this lights when the
fax machine is using Line 1).
LINE 2 IN USE light
3
If you have installed the dual-line option, this lights when the
fax machine is using Line 2.
STATUS indicator
4
This blinks when a paper size error or paper jam occurs. It also
blinks when the print compartment cover is open, or when the
received document tray is not properly installed. A message
appears in the display to indicate the problem.
The indicator lights steadily when a problem occurs which
must be fixed by a service technician.
Paper indicat or
5
This blinks when one of the paper sources (tray or cassette) is
out of paper, and lights steadily when all sources are out of paper.
Toner indicator
6
This blinks when the toner cartridge nears empty, and lights
steadily when the toner cartridge needs replacement.
Drum indicato r
7
This blinks when the drum cartridge needs replacement.
CHANGEOVER key
8
Two types of infor mation appear in the display: prompts related
to operations you are performing, and information about how
the fax is using the telephone line (transmitting, receiving, e tc.).
Press this key to change bet ween the two types of information.
If you have installed the dual-line option, three types of
information appear: prompts related to operations you are
performing, use of Line 1, and use of Line 2.
33
34
35
36
D
44
L
T
TIMER
23
3745384639
E
F
M
N
COVER SHEET
LIFE
U
V
CLEARSPSHIFTSPACE
25
24
G
47
O
MEM.STATUS
W
DOWN UP
20
A
41
I
CONTRAST
Q
LINE
Y
B
C
42
43
J
K
PAGE COUNTER
CONFIDENTIAL
R
S
PERSONAL BOOK
Z
2221
28 29 30 31 32 33
ABC
DEF
WXY
FUNCTION
SPEED DIAL
REDIAL
SPEAKER
BROADCAST
123
GHI
JKL MNO
456
PRS
TUV
789
OPER
0
40
H
48
P
SEARCH DIAL
X
26 27
COPY
DOCUMENT DUPLEX SCAN
PRIORITY
STOP START
Rapid Key
overlay up
REPORT
POWER SAVE key
9
Press this key to turn on Power Save Mode, or set the Power
Save Mode timer if TIMER has been selected with Option
Setting 34 (Power Save Type).
RESOLUTION key
10
Press this key to adjust the resolution before sending or copying
a document.
Rapid Dial Keys
11
Press one of these keys to dial a fax number automatically.
(Note that you must attach the Rapid Key labels.)
CONTRAST key
12
Press this key to adjust the contrast before send ing or copying
a document.
PAGE COUNTER key
13
Press this key to include a slash and the total number of pages
after each page number on the pages of a transmitted document.
CONFIDENTIAL key
14
Press this key to send or print out a confidential document.
TIMER key
15
Press this key to set an operation to be performed automatically
at a later time.
COVER SHEET key
16
Press this key to include a cover sheet when sending a fax.
LIFE key
17
Press this key , f ollowed by 1, to check the total number of pages
printed by the fax machine.
40393837363534
1 – 2
Page 6
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
MEM. STATUS key
18
Press this key to check the status of documents wait ing in memory for transmission.
SEARCH DIAL key
19
Press this key to search through your auto dial fax numbers by
name.
LINE key
20
If you have installed the dual-line option, press this key to select
the line (Line-1 or Line-2) before dialing.
PERSONAL BOOK
21
Press this key to use or store an auto-dial number in a personal
book. After you press the key, enter the passcode for the book.
SPACE key
22
Press this key to enter a space when programming a name
SHIFT key
23
Press this key to switch between upper and lower case le tters
when programming a name.
SP key
24
Press this key to enter a symbol when programming a name.
CLEAR key
25
Press this key to clear a mistake when programming a name or
fax number.
Arrow keys
26
Press these keys to move the cursor forward or backward when
programming a name or fax number.
ST A RT key
39
Press this key to begin transmission when using Speed Dialing,
Direct Keypad Dialing, or Normal Dialing.
REPORT key
40
Press this key to print out a report on the most recently completed transmission or reception.
UP and DOWN keys
27
Press these keys to adjust the volume of the speaker when the
SPEAKER key has been presse d, or the volume of the ringer at
any other time.
Dial keypad (numeric keys)
28
Use these keys to dial and program fax numbers.
FUNCTION key
29
Press this key to select various special func tions.
SPEED DIAL key
30
Press this key to dial a Speed Dial number.
COPY key
31
Press this key to make a copy of a document.
DOCUMENT key
32
Press this key to transmit a document without reading it first
into memory.
DUPLEX SCAN key
33
Press this key to transmit or copy a two-sided document.
REDIAL key
34
Press this key to automatically redial the la st number dialed.
SPEAKER key
35
Press this key when transmitting a document by Normal Dialing
to listen to the line and verify the response of the receivi ng fax
machine.
BROADCAST key
36
Press this key to send a document to a group of receiving fax
machines.
STOP key
37
Press this key to cancel an operation before it is complete d.
PRIORITY key
38
Press this key when you need to transmit a document ahead of
other documents waiting in memory for transmission.
1 – 3
Page 7
[6] Instructions for installing the FO-67DL dual line kit
The FO-67DL is an option for the Sharp FO-6700
Important!
The following procedure is to be performed by qualified service technicians only.
Be sure to turn off the power, unplug the power cord, unplug the telephone line, and
unplug any extension telephone connected to the unit before proceeding.
1. Open the print compartment cover.
2. Remove the four screws that secure the rear
cover, and then remove the rear cover.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
3. Remove the two screws that secure the side
plate, and then remove the side plate.
Side plate
4. Disconnect the cable connector as shown.
Remove the seven screws that secure the large
plate, and then remove the large plate.
5. Insert the bottom edge of the line board into
the slots as shown and then secure the top of
the board with two screws. Connect the cable.
•
Use the plastic cable band to bind the cables
together as shown at right.
6. Replace the large plate and secure it with the
seven screws.
Be sure to insert the top right screw through
•
the wire ring connector before securing.
Reconnect the cable.
1 – 4
Page 8
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
7. Attach the telephone jack plate and secure it
with the two screws.
8. Insert the two plastic bushes into the holes in
the circuit board (insert from the rear side of the
circuit board).
9. Fit the collars over the ends of the bushes to
secure them in the board.
10.Insert the two plastic spacers into the plate as
shown, and then attach the circuit board over
the plate so that the connector on the board
connects to the connector on the plate and the
spacers fit into the holes in the board. Secure
the board with two screws.
11.Replace the rear cover and secure it with the four
screws. Close the print compartment cover.
Note: After installing the dual line option, be sure
to enter the sender’ s name a nd fax number for Line
2 as explained on page 29 of the Operation
Manual.
1 – 5
Page 9
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
CHAPTER 2. ADJUSTMENTS
[1] Adjustments
General
Since the following adjustments and settings are provided for this model,
make adjustments and/or setup as necessary.
1. Adjustments
Adjustments of output voltage (FACTORY ONLY)
1. Install the power supply unit in the machine.
2. Set the recording paper and document.
3. When the document is loaded, power is supplied to the output lines.
Confirm that outputs are within the limits below.
Output voltage settings
MAIN
CONTROL
CN5
12
POWER SUPPLY
PWB
1
8
1
CN1
1
Output Voltage limits
+5V MAIN 4.845V~5.355V
+5V SUB 4.845V~5.355V
+24V MAIN 23.04V~24.96V
+24V SUB 23.04V~24.96V
Connector CN4
No.
Pin No. CN1
1 11 +5V
2 10 HV C HL
39T VR
4 8 T REM
5 7 T MON
6 6 B MON
7 5 B VR
8 4 C REM
9 3 C MON
10 2 MG
11 1 +24
ADJUST VOLT AGE LIST
Top Void Printer Adjust V oltage
Label (mm.) Fig. 2 VR1 Fig. 1
5.5~6.9 4.42V
7.0~8.9 3.87V
9.0~10.9 3.14V
11.0~12.9 2.50V
13.0~14.9 1.86V
15.0~17.0 1.22V
CNPW
1
8
CN7
1
Fig. 1
PWB
12
CNPRT
30
1
11
1
30
CN1
CN4
PRINTER
PWB
–
HI VOLTAGE
PWB
IC2
1
11
CN1
Voltage for adjust
VR1
+ Check point for voltage
+–
Digital multi meter
Connector CN5
No.
Pin No. CNPW
1 +24V SUB
2MG
3MG
4MG
5 +24V MAIN
6 +24V MAIN
7 +5V SUB
8DG
9DG
10 DG
11 +5V MAIN
12 +5V MAIN
Connector CN1
No.
Pin No. CN7
1 24 MAIN
2MG
3DG
4 5V MAIN
5 HEATER ON
6FAN
7 FAN LOCK
8 H RELAY OFF
TOP VOID LABEL
Fig. 2
IC2
VD
2. IC protectors replacement
ICPs (IC Protectors) are installed to protect the TX motor drive circuit
and verification stamp drive circuit. ICPs protect various ICs and electronic circuits from an overcurrent condition.
The location of ICPs are shown below:
12
1
27 25
CNPW
CNOP
150
130
CNPRT
CONTROL PWB
(BOTTOM SIDE)
F101
CNTXM
CNSUB2
1
50
CNSUB1
IC7
F100
CNSTP
1
11
42
CNPN
1
CNLIU2
50
1
24
CNCIS
CNLIU1
CNSP
CNSEN
101
9
1
9
1
2
1
8
Fig. 3
(1) F100 (ICPS10) is installed in order to protect IC’s from and
overcurrent generated in the verification stamp drive circuit. If F100
is open, replace it with a new one.
(2) F101 (ICPS18) is installed in order to protect IC’s from an overcurrent
generated in the TX motor drive circuit. If F101 is open, replace it
with a new one.
In addition to the replacement of F101 and F100, the factor causing
F101 and F100 to open must also be repaired. If not, F101 and
F100 will open again.
Replacement parts
ICPS10 (Sharp code: VHViCPS10//-1)
ICPS18 (Sharp code: VHViCPS18//-1)
3. Settings
(1) Dial mode selector
OPTION SETTING: DIAL MODE (Soft Switch No. SW2 DATA No. 1 for
Line-1 and SW32 No.1 for Line-2 with Optional Line Unit)
Use this to set the fax machine to the type of telephone line you are on.
• The factory setting is "TONE".
(step 1) Select "OPTIONAL SETTING".
KEY:
DISPLAY:
(step 2) Select "DIAL MODE".
(step 2) Select "DIAL MODE".
KEY:
KEY:
DISPLAY:
DISPLAY:
(step 3) Select, using "1" or "2".
KEY:
DISPLAY: TONE SELECTED
KEY:
DISPLAY:
(step 4) End, using the "STOP" key.
KEY:
FUNCTION 4
4:OPTIONAL SETTING
ENTER #(01-34, ,#)
2
2
2
2
22: DIAL MODE
22: DIAL MODE
1=TONE, 2=PULSE
1
2
PULSE SELECTED
STOP
<With optional line unit>
22: DIAL MODE
1=LINE-1, 2=LINE-2
Select line using "1" or "2"
KEY:
DISPLAY:
1
1: LINE-1
1=TONE, 2=PULSE
KEY:
DISPLAY:
2
2: LINE-2
1=TONE, 2=PULSE
2 – 1
Page 10
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
[2] Diagnostics and service soft switches
1. Operating procedure
Two kinds of diagnoses are supported.
1-1. Fax diagnosis
This diagnosis is concerned with the main body of fax which is used
for production and service support.
Entering the diagnostic mode
FUNC
Press
display will
Without Optional Line Unit
MAIN: FBQ0
SUB: FEF0
Then press the
and the key or select with the rapid key.
Enter the mode with the
•
specifications)
(Diag
FUNC
02 PRINT AREA
03 ROM & RAM CHECK
04 AUTO FEEDER MODE
05 AGING MODE
06 PANEL CHECK MODE
07 OPTICAL ADJUST MODE
08 PRODUCT CHECK
09
9 8
appear.
START
key. Select the desired item with the
START
key.
9 8 7
START01 SOFT SWITCH MODE
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
ROM: FBQ0
ROM: FEF0
START
SIGNAL SEND MODE
7
, and
the
With Optional Line Unit
MAIN: FBQ0
SUB: FEF0 FEF0
following
key
1-2. Print diagnosis
This diagnosis is concerned with the print which is used for
production and service support.
Entering the diagnostic mode
FUNC
Press
display will appear.
PCU ROM Ver.:
Then press the
key andthe key orselect with therapid key.
Enterthe mode withthe key.
(Diag•specifications)
FUNC
01
02
03
08
09
9 8
START
9 8 6
START
START
START
START04
START05
START06
START07
START
START
START10
START11
6
, and
key. Select the desired item with the
START
PCU ROM Ver.:
START
AREA PRINT MODE
CHECK PATTERN 1
CHECK PATTERN 2
CHECK PATTERN 3
PAPER FEED AGING
BIAS ADJUST MODE
LIFE SET MODE
LIFE ALL CLEAR
LIFE ENTRY MODE
TOP ADJUST MODE
LIFE CLEAR MODE
the
following
10
11
12
13
14
15 CONF. PASSCODE
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
START
COMM. CHECK MODE
MEMORY CLEAR MODE
FLASH MEMORY CHECK
ALL FAX/TEL. ENTRY MODE
DEPT. PASSCODE
PRINT HOLD CODE
MEMORY SET MODE
STAMP AGING
DIAL TEST MODE
COPY DIAG MODE
NO FUNCTION
NO FUNCTION
SIGNAL SEND 2 MODE
JBIG TEST MODE
PERSONAL BOOK LST
Memory clear when power is turned on
Pressing the START and STOP keys, turn on the main power, and the
following message will be displayed.
MEMORY CLEAR ?
1 = ALL , 2 = IMAGE , 3 = NO
1 = All the data will be deleted including initially registered data.
2 = Delete the image file to be used in transmission. This will delete all
the data related to communication such as reserved transmission or
intercepting. However, the data initially registered will not be deleted.
3 = Memory will not be cleared and the machine enters stand-by mode.
• "2 = IMAGE" memory clear is done automatically, when power is
turned on after FO-67DL is installed or removed.
2 – 2
Page 11
FO-6700U
ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR
• • • • • • • •
ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR
PP PP P EP P
<Without Optional Line Unit>
ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR
• • • • • • • • • • • •
ROM CPU SRAM DRM DPR
PPP PPP P EPE PP
<With Optional Line Unit>
FO-67DL
2. Diagnostic items description
2-1. Fax diagnosis
1) Soft switch mode
In this mode, the soft switch are set and the soft switch list is printed.
Soft switch mode screen
S O F T S W I T C H M O D E
S W 0 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8
Data
1
Switch number selection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 :DATA No.
Switch
No.
• Press START key for setting of the next soft switch. If the soft
switch number is the final, pressing START key will exit the soft
switch mode.
• Enter two digits of a soft switch number to set the switch number.
If a switch number of unexisting soft switch is entered, key error
buzzer sounds to reject the input.
S O F T S W I T C H M O D E
S W 0 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2
Data number selection
E N T E R L A S T D I G I T
S W 1
1 6
S O F T S W I T C H M O D E
S W 1 6 = 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
The cursor position shows the data to be set.
Pressing # key moves the cursor to the right. If, however, the cursor is
on data number 8, pressing # key shifts the cursor to data number 1
of the next switch number. If the switch number is the final, pressing
# key will exit the soft switch mode.
Pressing key moves the cursor to the left. If, however, the cursor is
on data number 1, pressing key shifts the cursor to data number 1
of the former switch number. If the switch number is 1, pressing
key will not move the cursor and the error buzzer will sound.
3
Data setting method
Press the FUNCTION key, and the data at the position of the cursor
will be reversed to 0 when it is 1, or to 1 when it is 0. (If the soft switch
can be changed at the bit (Refer to 6.), the error buzzer will sound
with the process not received.)
4
Outputting method of soft switch list
In the soft switch mode, press the REPORT key, and the soft switch
list will be output.
If the recording paper runs out or is clogged, the key error buzzer will
sound with the process not received.
5
Storage of data
In the following case, the data of the soft switches set will be stored.
• It is shifted to set the next soft switch by pressing the START
switch.
• It is shifted to set the next soft switch with the [#] key.
• It is shifted to set the last soft switch with the [ ] key.
• It is shifted to set another soft switch by inputting two digits as the
switch number. (When 2 digits are completely input.)
• Output of the soft switch list is started.
6
Inhibition of data change
(This is also applicable for the optional setting.)
In the following case, it is inhibited to change the data with the key
error buzzer.
• Switching ON/OFF of ECM during the use of image memory.
• Switching OFF to ON of the print hold function when the print
hold pass code has not yet been registered.
• Clearing the print hold pass code when print hold function is ON.
• Switching ON/OFF of the print hold function during the use of
memory such as in the case of substitute receiving.
• OFF to ON of telephone billing function which is using the image
memory is used (Note: In the existing set, the telephone billing
code function is specified from OFF to ON when the timer system
communication (including the batch communication) is set.)
Here, the memory is usable when the telephone billing code function is on. It can be set from ON to OFF while the memory is
used. However, if setting is practically changed even once, it can
not be returned from OFF to ON.
• Switching ON/OFF of PC interface function during the use of im-
age memory.
• OFF to ON of department control function during use of image
memory.
(Note: In the existing set, the department control function is set
from OFF to ON when the timer communication (including the
batch sending) or the memory hold is set.)
• ON to OFF of continuous serial polling function when the con-
tinuous serial polling is started.
(Note: In the existing set, "ON to OFF of the continuous serial
polling function when the continuous serial polling is registered"
has been applied, but the conditions are now moderated. However, registration is impossible to the program of the new continuous serial polling when the continuous serial polling function is
OFF.)
• In addition, change of all soft switches during communication
7
Linked change of data (This is the same even in the optional setting.)
• When the department control function is off, the multi TTI func-
tion and telephone billing code function are turned off.
2) Print area
According to the size of the specified sheet, the effective printing area is
printed.
3) ROM & RAM check
No. Device checked
1 ROM <Short sound> 1 time <Short sound>:
2
3 SRAM <Short sounds> 3 times <Long sounds>:
4 D-RAM <Short sounds> 4 times 1.0 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF
5 ROM <Long sound> 1 time
6
7 D-RAM <Long sounds> 3 times
8 Dual port RAM <Long sounds> 4 times
9 ROM <Long sounds> 5 times
10
11 D-RAM <Long sounds> 7 times installed, error buzzers
12 Dual port RAM <Long sounds> 8 times will not go off.
Integrated ROM <Short sounds> 2 times
Main
Integrated ROM <Long sounds> 2 times
Sub1
Integrated ROM <Long sounds> 6 times If the sub-2 PWB is not
Sub2
Number of buzzer sound
Remarks
0.5 sec.ON / 0.5 sec.OFF
2 – 3
Page 12
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
4) Auto feeder mode
The auto feed function can be checked by inserting and discharging the
document. (The distance between pages can be displayed during operation of the scanner.)
1
Check of auto feed function
After this mode is activated, set up the document, and press the
STAR T key , and it will be automatically fed. (Before the ST ART key is
pressed, the document sensor alone is activated.) Moreover, the
document size (A4/B4) and sensor information (A4/B4/ORG) are displayed when the document sensor is turned.
04 : AUTO FEEDER MODE
After setup of the document
04 : AUTO FEEDER MODE
B4 (A4 B4 ORG)
Only the sensor which is
activated (fallen down) is displayed.)
The paper sheet size (A4/B4) is
displayed.
2
Display of distance between pages during operation of the scanner
• Soon after this mode is activated, press the FUNCTION key for 5
seconds or more, and the display mode of the distance between
pages will be activated. Then, set up the sending paper and select
the image quality, and then press the START key, and operation
will be started.
Be sure to press the FUNCTION key prior to the START key. If
the FUNCTION key is not pressed but the STAR T key is pressed,
it will operate in the same matter as in the existing auto feeder
mode.
If the START key is pressed, the FUNCTION key will be invalid
hereafter. Therefore, the display mode of the distance between
pages and the existing mode can not be changed.
• While the sending paper is read, the image quality key can be
input. STD/FINE/S-FINE modes are usable. However, the same
operation of FINE will be selected if the intermediate tone is set.
• The image quality, the length of the sending page read, the page
distance to the next sending paper and the total of the sending
papers read are shown on the display.
• When the stop key is pressed or 100 sending papers are read,
the content shown on the display will be totally output as the list
after the remaining sending papers are discharged.
7) Optical adjust mode
When this mode is executed, the reading LED will be lit. This will go out
if the STOP key is pressed.
8) Product check
The diagnosis is used in the production process.
After shift to the mode, the following operations are sequentially executed. At this time, the sensor of read-error can be checked by feeding
the B4 document. Set up one short document of B4 size.
1
Memory clear (Same as Diagnosis 11)
2
Panel test (Same as Diagnosis 06)
3
Dial test (Same as Diagnosis 24)
4
Document auto feed
5
ROM & RAM test check (Same as the Diagnosis 03)
6
Flash memory test mode (Same as Diagnosis 12)
7
Registration of fixed data
Registration of rapid key No. and other data necessary for produc-
tion.
The registered data are shown in the following table. The chain dial
is not set for any destination.
Rapid FAX Rapid FAX Rapid FAX Rapid FAX
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
01 20 06 25 11 1 21 01
02 21 07 26 12 2 22 02
03 22 08 27 13 3 23 03
04 23 09 28 14 4 24 04
05 24 10 29 15 5 25 05
8
Transmission check (Same as Diagnosis 10)
The soft switches necessary for production are set.
9
Test result print (one sheet)
Memory clear printing
Panel test result printing
ROM & RAM test result printing
F
Print area printing (one sheet)
5) Aging mode
If any document is set up in the first state (when started), copying will be
executed. If it is not set up, "check pattern 1" of the print diagnosis is
output at the intervals of 1 time/60 minutes. (A total of 10 sheets are
output.)
6) Panel check mode
This is used to check whether each key is normally operated or not.
According to the key input, LCD is displayed. Moreover, during execution,
the document reading lamp is turned on.
T est results are printed. (The maximum 100 input keys can be printed .)
LED repeats lighting at regular intervals in sequence. (Lighting speed
is specified separately.)
In case of inputting all keys, key input OK is displayed when finishing
the STOP key.
When pressing the NUMERIC key during panel check, output of DTMF
corresponding with the key is started.
When pressing other keys, output is stopped.
2 – 4
Page 13
9) Signal send mode
Rapid key RXX XX : Rapid number
SPEED key SXXX XXX
: Speed key number
After shift to the mode, press the START key, and the signals will be
transmitted in the following sequence.
It can be used to check the modem and so on.
[ 1] No signals
[ 2] 4800BPS (V27ter)
[ 3] 14400BPS (V . 33)
[ 4] 12000BPS (V . 33)
[ 5] 14400BPS (V . 17)
[ 6] 12000BPS (V . 17)
[ 7] 9600BPS (V. 17)
[ 8] 7200BPS (V. 17)
[ 9] 9600BPS (V. 29)
[10] 7200BPS (V . 29)
[11] 4800BPS (V27ter)
[12] 2400BPS (V27ter)
[13] 300BPS (FLAG)
[14] 2100Hz (CED)
[15] 1100Hz (CNG)
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
4
If any chain dial is not in the Rapid number, the Rapid numbers 02
thru 48 and SPEED key numbers 001 thru 200 are registered in the
group number 01.
If any chain dial is set, the group will be not produced but the chain
dial setting alone of the Rapid number 01 will be reset.
(In all others except the Rapid number 01, the chain dials will be
continuously set as they are.)
(16th and subsequential letters of the destination name registered in the
Rapid number 01 will be discarded.)
5
Personal book 00 to 30 are set up. (Their PASSCODE to be registered are 0000 to 0030, and the NAME are "BOOK00" to "BOOK
30".)
6
The registration information of RAPID01 is copied to RAPID02 to 48
of each book.
7
The registration information of RAPID01 is copied to SPEED001 to
016 of each book.
8
When the chain dial is not set up in RAPID01, specify RAPID02 to 48
and SPEED001 to 016 in GROUP1 of each book.
14) Dept. passcode
The department passcode list is printed.
10) Comm. check mode
Turn on the Line Monitor.
1
2
Turn off the Cover Sheet Function.
3
Set Line Equivalence at 0 km.
After the check, it is necessary to be sure to return the aforementioned
soft switches into the initial state.
(Clear the memory with the diagnosis.)
11) Memory clear mode
Clear the back-up memory to initialize the soft switches.
The Flash Memory will be initialized. Then, the initialized list be output.
12) Flash Memory check
The Flash Memory is checked.
The ordinary memories (ROM, SRAM, DRAM) are checked in the ROM
& RAM check process. The write/read test is taken every block to print
the result.
When an error occurs, the following error buzzer will sound.
Number of buzzer sounds Check device
9 times <Short sounds> Flash memory (Option)
During operation of this diagnosis, dual operation is not possible at all.
If this is excessively repeated, it will shorten the life of the flash memory.
13) All FAX/TEL. entry mode
The function is used to simplify the registration of FAX/TEL No. during
aging.
1
The diagnosis mode is activated. If anything is not registered in the
Rapid number 01 or any program or group is not registered, it will
pass the diagnosis without doing anything.
2
The FAX/TEL number (including the substitutive destination) of the
Rapid number 01 is copied to the Rapid numbers 02 thru 48.
3
FAX number of the Rapid number 01 is copied to SPEED key numbers
001 thru 200.
15) Conf. passcode
The confidential passcode list is printed.
Differing from printing of one box alone soon after registration, the confidential passcodes of all boxes are printed.
16) Print hold code
The print lockout passcode No. is printed.
17) Memory set mode
The set and dump list of the memory content is output.
• The address (8 digits (P) generally including the bank information is
input, and the data of 2 digits is continuously input.
Inputting is done in the hexadecimal mode. The ten-key is used for 0
thru 9, and the alphabetic keys A (RAPID 01 thru 06) are used for A
thru F.
• During data inputting, the address can be moved forward and back-
ward one byte by one byte with " " and "#". (The address prior to the
address 0 is looped as the maximum address.)
• The V alidity of the address is not checked. Accordingly, writing/ read-
ing operations are possible in the address of the memory not assigned, the address of ROM and so on.
(However, as practical, writing is not done, and the data content runs
short each reading.)
Though writing is possible in the flash memory, a little time is required.
It is also necessary to take care that the life of the flash memory is
excessively shortened if much data is written in the flash memory.
Since it may run away depending the written content, take minute
care for the writing address.
• When the REPORT key is input, the memory dump list is produced
from the displayed address (here, it is limited at the 16-byte boundary address (address with end 0) which does not exceed the specified address and is just in front.). The dump list is output to a maximum of 99 pages. If any data of one page can be repeatedly developed and printed, the list is sufficient. But it is not desired that the
content of plural pages are developed in the memory once and are
then printed. If the STOP key is pressed, it will pass to the diagnosis
after the page which is now being printed is completed printed.
If the address exceeds the maximum address, it will return to the
address 0 and printing will be continued.
18) Stamp aging
Diag mode is left though it doesn’t have this function.
2 – 5
Page 14
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
19) Dial test mode
The mode is used to inspect whether dialing is accurate in two kinds of
dial modes . All data which can be dialed in this mode are automatically
called up in both PB mode and DP mode.
When this mode is activated, the following operations will be automatically executed . Whether the dialed content is right or not is judged with
the external instrument which is connected to the line cable.
1
After shift to the FAX diagnosis mode, press RAPID 24.
(Also switch the display with the [ ] and [#] keys.)
2
Press the START key.
3
Turn on CML, and dial the following in the PB mode.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, , 0, #
4
Turn off CML 500 mS alone.
5
Dial the following in the DP mode.
1, 5, 9, 0
6
After dialing, turn off CML.
This mode uses the ordinary auto dial. (Accordingly, the signal sending
time and minimum pause are all the same as ordinary.
The measurement result in this mode is completely all the same as in
the ordinary dial mode.
Moreover, the same process as above is also done in the dial test mode
which is executed in the product check mode.
20) Copy diag mode
In order to shorten the process time during production, this mode is
used to automatically switch the copy mode. Three menus are provided.
1. 1Set up two documents. (In case of two documents or more,
there is no problem.
2
Press the STAR T key.
3
Copy 1st document in the fine mode/density AUTO. (One sheet
is printed in the ordinary copy mode.)
4
Copy 2nd (subsequential) document in the intermediate tone
mode/density DARK. (In the ordinary copying mode, one sheet
is printed when the RESOLUTION key is pressed three times.)
When copy test is tried during production or is checked in two modes
(fine and intermediate tones), this mode is provided to reduce the troublesome work which makes the operator stand aside to change the mode.
Accordingly, the fine and intermediate tones are merely switched, and
the mode is not switched to another mode. (Input of the image quality/
density key is invalid.)
2. Try the copy in the mode fixed at COPY REDUCE 95% and fine
mode/density AUTO. At this time, don’t change the soft key of
COPY REDUCE. (Input of the image quality/density key is invalid.)
3. Continuously try the above items 1 and 2.
23) Signal send mode 2
The signals concerned with V.34 & V.8 are checked.
After this mode is activated, press the START key, and the signals will
be sent in the following sequence.
It can be used to check the modem.
[ 1] No signal
[ 2] 33600BPS
[ 3] 31200BPS
[ 4] 28800BPS
[ 5] 26400BPS
[ 6] 24000BPS
[ 7] 21600BPS
[ 8] 19200BPS
[ 9] 16800BPS
[10] 14400BPS
[11] 12000BPS
[12] 9600BPS
[13] 7200BPS
[14] 4800BPS
[15] 2400BPS
24) JBIG test mode
1
Enter the diagnostic mode.
2
Press the RAPID24 button. ("24: JBIG TEST MODE" appears.)
3
Press the START key to begin the JBIG test operation.
When both tests are completed normally, the buzzer sounds and "JBIG
TEST NORMAL END" appears at the same time.
If the decoding test terminates abnormally, the buzzer sounds and
"ERROR: JBIG DECODE" appears at the same time.
If the encoding test terminates abnormally, the buzzer sounds and
"ERROR: JBIG ENCODE" appears at the same time.
25) Personal book list
The PASSCODE of the personal book 00 to 30 are output.
21) No function
22) No function
2 – 6
Page 15
2-2. Print diagnosis
Rapid key 01: Area print mode
The effective printing area frame is printed in the specified sheet size.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4mm ± 2
208mm
1. [Full black pattern]
2. [Intermediate tone 2 pattern]
4mm ± 2.5
4mm
4mm
The left pattern is repeated.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Rapid key 05: Paper feed aging
The mode is used for aging related to the printing. In this mode, the
following modes are provided.
1
Blank paper aging mode (ALL WHITE AGING)
2
Whole black print aging mode (ALL BLACK AGING)
3
4% printing aging mode (4% AGING)
After selecting the paper-pass aging mode in the print diagnosis mode,
input the number of each mode above with the ten-key, and the mode
will be executed. The detailed specifications of each mode are described
as follows. Here, the operation in each mode is stopped only when the
STOP key is pressed by the operator or a printing-impossible error occurs.
• Blank paper aging mode
In the mode, printing is continued in the whole white (white paper)
printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator . (In the
printing area)
• Whole black printing aging mode
In the mode, printing is continued in the whole black (whole black)
printing pattern until the STOP key is pressed by the operator . (In the
printing area)
Rapid key 06: Bias adjust mode
The mode is used to adjust the printing density of the printed image. The
image printing density is adjustable in seven steps of 1 to 7.
For details, refer to the following table. (For selection, use the keys 1
thru 7.)
3. [Intermediate tone 1 pattern]
The left pattern is repeated.
4. [Mesh point pattern]
The left pattern is repeated.
5. [Longitudinal strip 2 pattern]
Black 2 dot and white 2 dot are repeated in line.
6. [Lateral strip 2 pattern]
Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.
7. [Longitudinal strip 1 pattern]
Black 1 dot and white 1 dot are repeated in line.
8. [Lateral strip 1 pattern]
Black 1 line and white 1 line are repeated.
9. [Full White pattern]
Rapid key 02: Check pattern 1
The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on one sheet.
(Black 2 line and white 2 line are repeated.)
Rapid key 03: Check pattern 2
The lateral stripe 2 pattern is printed on multiple pages.
Press the STOP key to end the printing.
Rapid key 04: Check pattern 3
The intermediate tone 1 is printed on one sheet.
Image printing density Thin ←→Thick
1234567
Default value
Rapid key 07: Life set mode
The mode is used to set the life counter of the printer and the counter of
the auto feeder at desired values. For setting, proceed with the following
procedure.
1
When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be is
displayed.
= 00123
MACHINE
DRUM
# key
FEEDER L I FE= 00123
The cursor blinks at the top data.
Five counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.
2
In the state 1, input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the tenkey.
3
After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and " "
keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely input, press the START key.
4
"STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the memory .
For checking, retry this mode.
LIFE
LIFE
IFE1
L
LIFE2
LIFE3
0
= 00123
0
= 00123
0
= 00123
0
= 00123
0
0
key
2 – 7
Page 16
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Note:
This counter indicates the printer use conditions such as numbers of
printed pages from the beginning of use. In the normal memory clear
condition, the counter will not be reset.
In conditions including damaged memory contents caused by repairing
the panel, this counter should be reset or cleared in addition to the ordinary memory clear.
Operation Manual for multipurpose Counter Life 1-3
The FAST function of LIFE 1-3 automatically notifies the dealer that the
printer life has reached the optional judgement value. This function can
be applied to notify when the life of consumables such as the printing
unit and fixer is expired.
How to use it
(1) Set the optional judgement value (counter value for alarming) of the
multipurpose life counter 1-3 in the printer diagnotor 09: LIFE ENTRY
MODE.
The setting procedure is as follows:
1. Select each counter with " " or "#" key. (Refer to the chart below.)
# key
LI FE1= 00000
LI FE2= 00000
LI FE3= 00000
0
0
0
key
# key
LI FE1= 00000
LI FE2= 00000
LI FE3= 00000
0
0
0
key
The cursor blinks at the top data.
Three counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.
2
In the state 1 , input a desired setting number of 6 digits with the tenkey.
3
After input of 6 digits, shift to another counter with the "#" and " "
keys as necessary. When all necessary counters are completely input, press the START key.
4
"STORED" will be displayed with the set values stored into the
memory. For checking, retry this mode.
Note: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (how many
sheets have been printed since start of use? and others). The
ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is
necessary to reset the counter or do the clear process in addition to the ordinary memory clear if the content in the memory
on the control PWB is broken because of PWB repair, etc. (In
the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last
process.)
2. Enter 6 digits using the ten key on the screen of the judgement
value to be set.
3. If another value is to be set after completion of the first entry,
move onto another value with "#" or " " key and enter digits in
the same procedure. Press the "STAR T" key when all values are
entered. (Writing is completed when "STORED" appears on the
display.)
(2) The counter whose value is set in (1) will start counting every time a
letter is printed.
(3) When each counter reaches its judgement value, the FAST auto
matic notification function is activated and alarms it to the dealer.
• If the FAST function is off, the counter only counts and does not notify
the dealer automatically.
Rapid key 08: Life all clear
The mode is used to clear the life counter of the printer of the counter
of the auto feeder.
Note: The counter shows the operational state of the printer (e.g. how
many sheets have been printed since start of use?). The ordinary memory does not reset the counter. Accordingly, it is necessary to reset this counter in addition to the ordinary memory
clear if the content in the memory on the control PWB is broken
because of PWB repair, etc. (In the production stage, it is necessary to execute this in the last process.)
Rapid key 09: Life entry mode
(For Serviceman temporary counter)
The mode is used to set a desired value for the judgment value (alarm
judgment counter value) of the general purpose life counters 1 thru 3 of
the printer. If the life of a consumable part (developer, imprinter, etc) is
set, the model which has the error display and RMS function will inform
RMS when the counter reaches the set value. For setting, proceed with
the following procedure.
1
When the life counter setting mode is selected, the following will be
displayed.
Rapid key 10: Top adjust mode
As the method to adjust the top margin for printing, adjust top margin
adjusting VR on the PWB. If this mode is used at this time, adjustment is
possible without the printing test every time when VR is turned.
For the practical use, determine the adjusting value on the basis of the
old data, and adjust to the determined value in this mode. Then, check it
with the printing test.
Rapid key 11: Life clear mode
The mode is used to respectively clear the life counter of the printer and
the counter of the auto feeder. For setting, proceed with the following
procedure.
1
When the life counter clearing mode is selected, the following will be
is displayed.
Seven counters can be selected with the "#" and " " keys.
LEAR
MACHINE
DRUM
# key
FEEDER L I FE LEAR
TONER L IFE LEAR
2
In the state 1, input the CLEAR key, and the counter will be respec-
LIFE
LIFE
IFE1
L
LIFE2
LIFE3
tively cleared.
3
After one clear, move the cursor to another counter with the "#" and
" " keys as necessary, and then press the CLEAR key. When the
necessary counters are completely cleared, press the STOP key.
C
LEAR
C
LEAR
C
LEAR
C
LEAR
C
C
C
key
2 – 8
Page 17
3. How to make soft switch setting
To enter the soft switch mode, make the following key entries in sequence.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Press
FUNCTION
9 8 7 START 0 1START
S F T S W 1 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T S W 1 = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T S W 2 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
S F T S W 99 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Press FUNCTION key.
Press key.
Press key.
Bit1 - 8 are set.
Press key during setting.
START
Soft SW2 - 99 are set.
To finish the settings halfway between
SW 1 and SW99, press the STOP key.
In this case, the setting being done to
the SW No. on display will be nullified
while settings done to the preceding
SW Nos. remain in effect.
• SW1 to SW30 : For line 1
• SW31 to SW60 : For line 2
The soft switch mode is terminated.
2 – 9
Page 18
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
4. Soft switch description
• Soft switch
DATA
SW
NO.
NO.
1 Recall interval Binary input 8421 0 OPTION
2 No. = 1234(Data No.) 1 Set to 1~15
3 EX 0101 0
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4 3 No. 3 1 00001
SW5
4 eg. Recall interval is set to 5 min. 1
5 Recall times Binary input 8421 0 OPTION
6 No. = 5678(Data No.) 0 Set to 0~14
7 EX 0010 1
8 eg. Recall times is set to 2 times. 0
1 Dial mode PULSE TONE 0
2 Receive mode AUTO MANUAL 1
3 ECM mode Off On 0 OPTION
4 Reserved 0
5 Polling security On Off 1 OPTION
6 Auto cover sheet No Yes 1 OPTION
7 JUNK-FAX function in manual reception Yes No 0
8 JUNK-FAX function Yes No 0 OPTION
1 Number of rings for auto-receive Binary input 8421 0 OPTION
2 (0: No ring receive) No. = 1234(Data No.) 0 Set to 0~9
3 EX 0001 0
4 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 time. 1
5 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive Binary input 8421 0 OPTION
6 (0: No switch) No. = 5678(Data No.) 0 Set to 0~9
7 EX 0000 0
8 eg. Switch to auto receive is set to disable. 0
Communication results printout Printed at Printed at Printed at
1 No. 1 0 00110
2 No. 2 0 01010
4 Image addition function to the communication On Off 1 OPTION
result table (for memory transmission only)
5 Reserved 0
6 TEL billing code function On Off 0 OPTION
7 Billing code position Before After 1 OPTION
8 Multi-TTI feature On Off 0 OPTION
1 Time display format 24 hours 12 hours-AM/PM 0
2 Date display format Month-Day-Year Day-Month-Year 1
3 Header print Off On 0
4 Footer print On Off 0
5 Relay data output No Yes 0
6 Substitute reception Off On 0
7 Substitute reception conditions Reception disable without TSI Reception enable without TSI 0
8 CSI transmission Off On 0
ITEM
error only
Switch setting and function
1
error/timer/
memory sion mode
only only
transmis- every time
0
Not printed
Printed OPTION
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 10
Page 19
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
DATA
SW
NO.
NO.
1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) On Off 1
2 JBIG option On Off 0
3 MMR On Off 1
4MR On Off 1
SW6
SW7 comm.
SW8
SW9
Modem speed V.33 V.17 V. 29 V. 27ter
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
6 No. 6 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
8 No. 8 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
Reception speed fixed NO V. 17- V. 29- V. 27ter-
1 No. 1 0 1 0 1 0
2 No. 2 0 1 1 0 0
3 DIS receive acknowledge during Twice Once in NSF reception, twice 0 Effective to
G3 transmission in DIS reception international
4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 On Off 0
transmission mode
5 CNG send when manual TX On Off 1
6 Protocol monitor On Off 0
7 Line monitor On Off 0
8 Max. length for TX/RX/Copy TX: unlimited, RX: unlimited TX/Copy: 1.0m, RX: 1.5m 0
Compromised equalizer 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km Valid when
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 transmitting
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0
3 H2 mode No Yes 0
4 Signal transmission level Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 0
5 No. = 4 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1
6EX011011
7 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0
8 1
CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0
3 Equalizer freeze On Off 0
4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0
5 CED detection time 500ms 1000ms 0
Alarm buzzer 3sec 1sec No BEEP No BEEP
6 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0
7 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0
8 Action when RTN received Handle to error Handle to no error 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
14400 12000 14400 12000
0
9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400
14400bps 9600bps 4800bps
Initial
setting
Remarks
When 14400
MODEM used,
setting to
14400
ignored.
bps
bps
is
2 – 11
Page 20
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW10
SW11
SW12
SW13
SW14
DATA
NO.
1 Memory retransmission times Binary input 8421 1 OPTION
2 No. = 1234(Data No.) 0
3 EX 1010 1
4 eg. Retransmission time set to 10 times. 0
5 Memory retransmission interval Binary input 8421 0 OPTION
6 No. = 5678(Data No.) 0
7 EX 0010 1
8 0
1 V.34 mode transmission speed Sending speed = 2400 (bps) x N 1
2 Example : 1
3 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1
4 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=15. 0
5 V.34 mode receiving speed Receiving speed = 2400 (bps) x N 1
6 Example : 1
7 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1
8 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=15. 0
1
V.34 mode function in case of manual communication
2 V.34 mode function On Off 1
3 V.34 control channel communication speed 2400bps 1200bps 0
EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec
4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0
5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0
Processing of DIS reception after DIS
transmission
6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 0
7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0
8 The change to DB from DP by Yes No 0
1 DTMF output level (High) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 0
2 No. = 12345 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm 1
3 EX 01100 1
4 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0
5 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 DTMF output level (Low) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 1
2 No. = 12345 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm 0
3 EX 10000 0
4 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0
5 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
On Off 1
Switch setting and function
1
Retransmitting
command
A line is Apply to T.30+α
cut T.30
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 12
Page 21
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW15
SW16
SW17
SW18
SW19
SW20
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
Cl Signal OFF detect enable time
5 No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
Distinctive ringing OFF STD RING1RING2 RING3 RING4 RING5
5 No. 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
6 No. 6 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
7 No. 7 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
(ms)
Switch setting and function
1
200 300 350 400 500 700 1200
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 13
Page 22
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW21
SW22
SW23
SW24
SW25
SW26
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
Busy tone detection frequency
4 No. 4 0 0 0 0 1 0
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
520~640Hz 300~600Hz 380~500Hz
0
reserve reserve
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 14
Page 23
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW27
SW28
SW29
SW30
SW31
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 15
Page 24
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW32
SW33
SW34
SW35
SW36
SW37
DATA
NO.
1 Dial mode PULSE TONE 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Number of rings for auto-receive Binary input 8421 0 OPTION
2 (0: No ring receive) No. = 1234(Data No.) 0 Set to 0~9
3 EX 0001 0
4 eg. Number of rings for auto receive is set to 1 time 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 1
4 Reserved 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group) On Off 1
2 JBIG Option On Off 0
3 MMR On Off 1
4MR On Off 1
Modem speed V.33 V.17 V. 29 V. 27ter
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
6 No. 6 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0
8 No. 8 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
Reception speed fixed NO V. 17- V. 29- V. 27ter-
1 No. 1 0 1 0 1 0
2 No. 2 0 1 1 0 0
3 DIS receive acknowledge during Twice Once in NSF reception, twice 0 Effective to
G3 transmission in DIS reception international
4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 On Off 0
transmission mode
5 CNG send when manual TX On Off 1
6 Protocol monitor On Off 0
7 Line monitor On Off 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
14400 12000 14400 12000
0
9600 7200 9600 7200 4800 2400
14400bps 9600bps 4800bps
Initial
setting
Remarks
When 14400bps
MODEM used,
setting to
14400bps is
ignored.
comm.
2 – 16
Page 25
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW38
SW39
SW40
SW41
SW42
SW43
DATA
NO.
Compromised equalizer 0Km 1.8Km 3.6Km 7.2Km Valid when
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0 transmitting
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0
3 H2 mode No Yes 0
4 Signal transmission level Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 0
5 No. = 4 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1
6EX011011
7 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0
8 1
CED tone signal interval 75ms 500ms 750ms 1000ms
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0
3 Equalizer freeze On Off 0
4 Equalizer freeze conditions All 7200bps 0
5 CED detection time 500ms 1000ms 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 1
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 0
1 V.34 mode transmission speed Sending speed = 2400 (bps) x N 1
2 Example : 1
3 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1
4 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=15. 0
5 V.34 mode receiving speed Receiving speed = 2400 (bps) x N 1
6 Example : 1
7 2400 (bps) x 12 = 28800 (bps) 1
8 2400 (bps) is set for N=0. 33600 (bps) is set for N=15. 0
1 Reserved 1
2 V.34 mode function On Off 1
3 V.34 control channel communication speed 2400bps 1200bps 0
EOL detection timer 13sec 25sec 5sec 5sec
4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0
5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0
Processing of DIS reception after DIS
transmission
6 No. 6 0 0 1 1 0
7 No. 7 0 1 0 1 0
8 The change to DB from DP by Yes No 0
1 DTMF output level (High) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 0
2 No. = 1 2 3 4 5 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm 1
3EX011001
4 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0
5 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
Retransmitting
command
A line is Apply to T.30+α
cut T.30
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 17
Page 26
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW44
SW45
SW46
SW47
SW48
SW49
DATA
NO.
1 DTMF output level (Low) Binary input 16 8 4 2 1 1
2 No. = 12345 (Data No.) n x 0.5dBm 0
3 EX 10000 0
4 eg. Signal transmission level is set to -10dBm 0
5 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
Frequency of CI signal (Hz)
1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
2 No. 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
3 No. 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
Cl signal off detect enable time
5 No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
7 No. 7 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
Distinctive ringing OFF STD RING1RING2 RING3 RING4 RING5
5 No. 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
6 No. 6 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
7 No. 7 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
11.6~14.0~ 14.5~ 15.5~ 20.0~ 20.0~ 19.6~ 25.0~ 35.0~
(ms)
Switch setting and function
1
76.9 76.9 76.9 76.9 58.8 66.6 76.9 58.8 76.9
200 300 350 400 500 700 1200
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 18
Page 27
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW50
SW51
SW52
SW53
SW54
SW55
DATA
NO.
DTMF detection time 50ms 80ms 100ms 120ms
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
Busy tone detection frequency
4 No. 4 0 0 0 0 1 0
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
520~640Hz 300~600Hz 380~500Hz
0
reserve reserve
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 19
Page 28
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW56
SW57
SW58
SW59
SW60
SW61
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 F.A.S.T. (RMS) mode On Off 0
2 F.A.S.T. (RMS) line Line-2 Line-1 0
3 Verification stamp Yes No 0
4 Day light saving No Yes 1
Key buzzer volume Off High Low Low
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 20
Page 29
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW62
SW63
SW64
SW65
SW66
DATA
NO.
Speaker volume High High Middle Low
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 1
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1
3 Reserved 1
4 Reserved 0
Ringer volume Off High Middle Low
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 1
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 PC I/F mode On Off 1 OPTION
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Header registration On Off 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Continuous serial polling On Off 0
Time interval for continuous serial polling 0 min. 30 min. 60 min. 120 min.
4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0 is on, option setting
5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Quick on-line function Yes No 1
Cassette selection Manual Auto-1 Auto-2 Auto-1 OPTION
1 No. 1 0 0 1 1 0
2 No. 2 0 1 0 1 1
The 1st priority cassette None Tray
3 No. 3 0 0 0 0 Other 0
4 No. 4 0 0 1 1
5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0
The 2nd priority cassette None Tray
6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 Other 0
7 No. 7 0 0 1 1
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 1
The 3rd priority cassette None Tray
1 No. 1 0 0 0 0 Other 0
2 No. 2 0 0 1 1
3 No. 3 0 1 0 1 1
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Print hold function On Off 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
1st Cass. 2nd Cass.
1st Cass. 2nd Cass.
1st Cass. 2nd Cass.
0
Tray OPTION
Combination
Tray OPTION
Combination
Tray OPTION
Combination
Initial
setting
1
1
0
Remarks
When SW64-No.3
can be set up
It is effective
only when
No.31-1/2 are
set up of manual
It is effective
only when
No.31-1/2 are
set up of manual
It is effective
only when
No.31-1/2 are
set up of manual
2 – 21
Page 30
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW67
SW68
SW69
SW70
SW71
SW72
DATA
NO.
Heater mode Always on Always off Off timer OPTION
1 No.1 0 0 1 0
2 No.2 0 1 0 1
Density adjustment of print bias Binary input 4 2 1 set to 1~7.
3 No. = 3 4 5 (Data No.) 1: faint 6: deep 1 set to 0, is
4 EX 1 0 0 0 equal to 4
5 eg. Bias is set to level 4. 0 (100)
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 The default resolution for copying Super Fine Fine 0 OPTION
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
Line for relay TX AUTO Line-1 Line-2
4 No. 4 0 0 1 1 0
5 No. 5 0 1 0 1 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Reserved 1
4 Reserved 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 1
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
Delay time after PC printing Binary input 128 64 32 16 8421
1
2
(n second)
3
4 0
5 0
6 1
7 1
8 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
No. = 1 2 345678(Data No.) 0
EX 00000110(= 6 sec) 0
0
Not use(AUTO)
Initial
setting
0
Remarks
2 – 22
Page 31
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW73
SW74
SW75
SW76
SW77
SW78
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
Data reduction AUTO 100%
6 (Except notation: Setting prohibition) No. 6 0 1 Set up to 100% except the 0
7 No. 7 0 0 notation 0
8 No. 8 0 0 0
1 Automatic printing of activity report Yes (When momory full)
2
Print out of total time and total number of pages on activity report
3 Reserved 0
4 Department function On Off 0
5 Department ID digit Binary inout 8421 0 OPTION
6 No. = 5 6 7 8 (Data No.) 1 set to 3~9
7 EX 0100 0
8 eg. Department ID is set to 4 digits 0
1 Picture quality priority mode Fine Standard 0 OPTION
2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode) Continue Cut-off 0 OPTION
3 Scanning ratio in momory input 1 : 1 Reduce 0
4
Overseas communication mode selection function
5 Reserved 0
Reduce ratio when copy mode AUTO 100%
6 (Except notation: Setting prohibition) No. 6 0 1 Set up to 100% except the 1
7 No. 7 0 0 notation 0
8 No. 8 0 0 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Density adjustment (when Fine/STD mode) No. 3 0 0 1 1 0
4 No. 4 0 1 0 1 0
Density adjustment (when Half-tone mode) Normal Faint Deep
5 No. 5 0 0 1 1 0
6 No. 6 0 1 0 1 0
7 MTF correction in half-tone mode On Off 1
8 MTF intensity in half-tone mode Strong Weak 0
1 Cassette define LTR/A4: Tray A4 LTR 0
2 Cassette define LTR/A4: Upper A4 LTR 0
3 Cassette define LTR/A4: Lower A4 LTR 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
Dial selection Line-1 TX/RX TX/RX TX/RX RX RX TX TX
6 No. 6 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
7 No. 8 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
8 No. 8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
ITEM
Off On 0
Yes No 0
Line-2 TX/RX RX TX TX/RX TX TX/RX RX
Switch setting and function
1
No (First data is cleared when memory full)
Normal Faint Deep
0
Deep (when Dark mode)
Deep (when Dark mode)
Initial
setting
Remarks
0 OPTION
Memory scanning
2 – 23
Page 32
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW79
SW80
SW81
SW82
SW83
SW84
SW85
DATA
NO.
1 Secure billing code Yes No 0
2 Pause with SHIFT key Yes No 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Z key pause time Binary input 16 8421 0
5 (250ms unit) No. = 45678(Data No.) 0
6 EX 00000 0
7 eg. Pause time 250ms 0
8 Time=(n+1) x 250ms 0
1 Separate feature On Off 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Use personal book name as multi TTI Yes No 0
5 Addition of header (Sender information) On Off 1
6 DTMF sending by the panel test On Off 0
7 Power save mode Real time Timer 1
8 Ring control for line-2 On Off 0
1 Reserved 1
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 1
4 Reserved 1
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 24
Page 33
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW86
SW87
SW88
SW89
SW90
SW91
SW92
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 1
3 Waiting time after dialing 90sec
4 Show receiver’s name Yes (Show) No (Hide) 1
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
The specification of each country is followed
0
Initial
setting
0
Remarks
2 – 25
Page 34
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW
NO.
SW93
SW94
SW95
SW96
SW97
SW98
SW99
DATA
NO.
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 1
6 Reserved 1
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 1
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 0
8 Reserved 0
1 Reserved 0
2 Reserved 0
3 Reserved 0
4 Reserved 0
5 Reserved 0
6 Reserved 0
7 Reserved 1
8 Reserved 1
ITEM
Switch setting and function
1
0
Initial
setting
Remarks
2 – 26
Page 35
• Soft switch function description
SW1 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Recall interval
Choice is made for a recall interval for speed and rapid dial numbers.
Use a binary number to program this. If set to 0 accidentally, 1 will be
assumed.
SW1 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Recall times
Choice is made as to how many recall times should be made. Use a
binary number to program this.
SW2 No. 1 Dial mode
Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the facsimile.
0: PULSE DIAL
1: TONE DIAL
SW2 No. 2 Receive mode
Auto/manual receiving mode is set.
SW2 No. 3 ECM mode
Used to determine ECM mode function.
SW2 No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW2 No. 5 Polling security
This switch is employed to enable or disable the polling operation using
the ID code verification function, in order to prevent unauthorized polling
operation.
SW2 No. 6 Auto cover sheet
When "1" (=YES) is selected, the cover sheet is automatically sent after
transmission of the original to notify the receiver of the number of original sheets transmitted.
SW2 No. 7 JUNK-FAX function in manual reception
It is set whether JUNK-FAX is functioned in the manual receiving mode
or not.
SW2 No. 8 JUNK-FAX function
This function is used to receive data from a specific remote machine
(station registered in entry mode). It is the function that refused a reception in the case that TSI of remote machine matched with fax number of
the station registered.
0: No
1: Y es
SW3 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive
(0: No ring receive)
When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings
before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings
using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connection
is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set
to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.
SW3 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Switch to auto-receive from manual receive
(0: No switch)
This setting allows machine to switch from manual to Auto Receive mode.
Setting this number to 0 forces machine to stay in Manual receive mode.
Entering the binary number 0 forces the machine to remain in the manual
answer mode. If a number between 1 and 9 is entered, the machine will
go into the answer mode after the given number of rings. However, it can
be used as an ordinary telephone if the handset is taken off the hook
before this programmed number is finished. If entry of a number above 9
by accident, it will be set to 9. In this case, it must be corrected to the
proper number.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW4 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Communication results printout
It is possible to obtain communication results after each transaction.
Normally, the switch is set (No. 1: 0, No. 2: 0, No. 3: 1) so that the communication result is produced only a communication error is en-countered. If No. 1 was set to 1, No. 2 was set to 1 and No. 3 was set to 0, the
communication result will be produced every time a communication is
done, even if the communication was successful.
If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 1 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result
will be produced every transmission.
Setting No. 1 to 1 No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0 will disable this function. No
transaction report will be printed.
If No. 1 was set to 0, No. 2 to 0 and No. 3 to 0, the communication result
is produced only after a timer and memory transmission or when a communication error is encountered.
SW4 No. 4 Image addition function to the communication result
table (for memory transmission only)
Used to set addition of sending image to the communication result table.
SW4 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW4 No. 6 TEL billing code function
When set to "1", the TEL billing code function is enabled.
SW4 No. 7 Billing code position
When set to "1", the billing code is delivered before dialing the remote
number. When set to "0", the billing code is delivered after dialing.
SW4 No. 8 Multi-TTI feature
When this switch is set to "1", Multi TTI function is enabled.
SW5 No. 1 Time display format
When this switch is set to "0", time is displayed in 12-hour system.
When set to "1", 24-hour system.
SW5 No. 2 Date display format
Used to select date display/print formats.
0: DAY-Month-Year
1: Month-DAY-Year
SW5 No. 3 Header print
When it is set at 0, sender’s name, sending page number and so on are
automatically printed in the recording paper on the receiving side during
transmission. Thus, the sender can be known on the receiving side.
0: Applied.
1: Not applied.
SW5 No. 4 Footer print
When set to "1", the date of reception, the sender machine No., and the
page No. are automatically recorded at the end of reception.
SW5 No. 5 Relay data output
0: Output ON
1: Output OFF
SW5 No. 6 Substitute reception
Selection of substitute reception in the case of recording paper ex-hausted
or paper jam. If set to "NO", auto receive is disabled even when the
receive memory is ready to receive.
Substitute reception is not performed even during receive operation.
SW5 No. 7 Substitute reception conditions
Selection of substitute reception according to existence of TEL number
from transmitting side. Initial setting allows substitute reception without
CSI. If set to "no", the receiver cannot receive any documents
SW5 No. 8 CSI transmission
CSI signal contains the sender’s phone number registered in the machine. If this switch is set to "1", no sender’s name will be printed at the
receiving side.
2 – 27
Page 36
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW6 No. 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group)
An image compression encoding method recommended by ITU-T.
It realizes 2-second transmission when the power is turned on.
SW6 No. 2 JBIG option
An optional function for JBIG.
SW6 No. 3 MMR
MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.
SW6 No. 4 MR
MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.
SW6 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Modem speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is
14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed
when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time
required for the fallback procedure.
SW7 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed
The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.
SW7 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission
Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two DISs).
It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.
SW7 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V .29 transmission mode
Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, it
may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the image
signal to avoid an echo suppression problem. It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo sup-pression problem, if set to 1.
SW7 No. 5 CNG send when manual TX
CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.
SW7 No. 6 Protocol monitor
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case
of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools.
When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the
data is taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data
analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor
(SW7-No. 7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.
SW7 No. 7 Line monitor
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.
SW7 No. 8 Max. length for TX/RX/Copy
Used to set the maximum page length.
To avoid possible paper jam, the page length is normally limited to 432
mm for copy or transmit, and 1.5 meters for receive.
It is possible to set it to "No limit" to transmit/receive a long document,
such as a computer print form, etc. (In this case, the receiver/transmitter must also be set to no limit.)
SW8 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised equalizer
The specific line equalizer is inserted.
No. 1 No. 2
0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off.
0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km
1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km
0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km
SW8 No. 3 H2 mode
Used to determine H2 mode (15sec transmission mode). When set to
OFF, H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has
H2 mode.
SW8 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level
Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to
–31dB.
SW9 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval
For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an
echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. Though this
soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to change
the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.
SW9 No. 3 Equalizer freeze
This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable state
and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed according to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed always.
SW9 No. 4 Equalizer freeze conditions
Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps
modem speed.
SW9 No. 5 CED detection time
The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto
calling mode is set.
SW9 No. 6, No. 7 Alarm buzzer
The length of the buzzer for normal end of operation is set.
SW9 No. 8 Action when RTN received
The operation is set when the RTN signal is received in the G3 transmission mode.
SW10 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Memory retransmission times
The number of memory retransmissions is set.
SW10 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Memory retransmission interval
The interval between memory retransmissions is set.
SW11 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method
is V.34 transmission mode.
SW11 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method
is V.34 reception mode.
SW12 No. 1 V.34 mode function in case of manual communication
Used to select whether the V .34 mode is made valid when automatically
transmitting/receiving.
SW12 No. 2 V.34 mode function
Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1”, communication method is V.34 mode..
SW12 No. 3 V.34 control channel communication speed
Used to select the control channel communication speed for V .34 mode.
SW12 No. 4, No. 5 EOL detection timer
Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second
timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line
detection.
SW12 No. 6, No. 7 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmission
When receiving , operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmission is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disregard of DIS reception.
Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish)
T. 30: To operate in accordance with T.30.
T. 30+α: To operate in accordance with T.30+α. (To operate differently
according to cases.)
SW12 No. 8 The change to DB from DP by
When setting to 1, the mode is changed by pressing the key from the
pulse dial mode to the tone dial mode.
SW13 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)
To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5
dBm unit)
2 – 28
Page 37
SW13 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW14 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)
To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5
dBm unit)
SW14 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW15 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW15 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Cl signal OFF detect enable time
Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of Cl signal.
SW16 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW16 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Distinctive ringing
When the ringing setting is turned off, all of the CI signal are received.
When any of the standard, and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for
the ringing setting, only the selected CI signal is received.
CI signal patterns
The CI signal patterns consists of the standard pattern, and ring patterns 1 through 7. The standard pattern is the conventional one.
2S
4S
2S
2S
1.5S
STANDARD
RING
PATTERN 1
for USA
RING
PATTERN 2
for USA
RING
PATTERN 3
for USA
RING
PATTERN 4
for USA
RING
PATTERN 1
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 2
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 3
for CANADA
1S
0.8S
0.3S
0.2S
0.4S
0.2S 0.2S
1S
1S
0.5S
0.5S
1.5S
0.5S
0.8S
0.4S
0.3S
1S
0.2S
0.4S 0.8S
1S
0.5S
1S 0.5S
0.5S
0.5S0.5S
0.5S
1S
0.5S0.5S
3S
4S
4S
4S
4S
4S
1S
3S
3.5S
3S
1S
3S
SW17 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW17 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW18 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW18 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW18 No. 5 , No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW18 No. 7 , No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW19 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW19 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW19 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW19 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW20 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW21 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW21 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Busy tone detection frequency
To select frequency range of signals to be detected as Busy Tone.
SW21 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW22 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW23 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW24 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW25 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW26 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW27 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW28 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW29 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW30 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW31 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW31 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW31 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW31 No. 4 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW31 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW31 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "1".
2 – 29
Page 38
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW31 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW32 No. 1 Dial mode
Switch the type according to the telephone circuit connected to the facsimile.
0: PULSE DIAL
1: TONE DIAL
SW32 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW32 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW32 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW32 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW33 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Number of rings for auto-receive
(0: No ring receive)
When the machine is set in the auto receive mode, the number of rings
before answering can be selected. It may be set from one to nine rings
using a binary number. If the soft switch was set to 1, a direct connection
is made to the facsimile. If it was set to 0 accidentally, receive ring is set
to 1. If it was above 9, receive rings are set to 9.
SW33 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW34 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW34 No. 3, No. 4 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW34 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW34 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW34 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW35 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW35 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW35 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW36 No. 1 JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Group)
An image compression encoding method recommended by ITU-T.
It realizes 2-second transmission when the power is turned on.
SW36 No. 2 JBIG option
An optional function for JBIG.
SW36 No. 3 MMR
MMR (Modified MR) selects presence of the compression function.
SW36 No. 4 MR
MR (Modified READ) selects presence of the compression function.
SW36 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Modem speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed. The default is
14400BPS(V.17). It may be necessary to program it to a slower speed
when frequent line fallback is encountered, in order to save the time
required for the fallback procedure.
SW37 No. 1, No. 2 Reception speed fixed
The transferable speed of modem in the receiving mode is set.
SW37 No. 3 DIS receive acknowledge during G3 transmission
Used to make a choice of whether reception of NSF (DIS) is acknowledged after receiving two NSFs (DISs) or receiving one NSF (two DISs).
It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.
SW37 No. 4 Non-modulated carrier in V.29 transmission mode
Though transmission of a non-modulated carrier is not required for transmission by the V29 modem according to the CCITT Recommendation, it
may be permitted to send a non-modulated carrier before the image
signal to avoid an echo suppression problem.
It may be useful for overseas communication to avoid an echo suppression problem, if set to 1.
SW37 No. 5 CNG send when manual TX
CNG signal sending ON/OFF in case of manual transmission is set.
SW37 No. 6 Protocol monitor
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", communication can be checked, in case
of troubles, without using a G3 tester or other tools.
When communication FSK data transmission or reception is made, the
data is taken into buffer. When communication is finished, the data
analyzed and printed out. When data is received with the line monitor
(SW7-No. 7) set to "1" the reception level is also printed out.
SW37 No. 7 Line monitor
Normally set to "0". If set to "1", the transmission speed and the reception level are displayed on the LCD. Used for line tests.
SW37 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW38 No. 1, No. 2 Compromised equalizer
The specific line equalizer is inserted.
No. 1 No. 2
0 0 The line equalizer built in the modem is turned off.
0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 1.8 km
1 0 Line equalizer corresponding to 3.6 km
0 1 Line equalizer corresponding to 7.2 km
SW38 No. 3 H2 mode
Used to determine H2 mode (15sec transmission mode). When set to
OFF , H2 mode is inhibited even though the transmitting machine has H2
mode.
SW38 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Signal transmission level
Used to control the signal transmission level in the range of –0dB to
–31dB.
SW39 No. 1, No. 2 CED tone signal interval
For international communication, the 2100Hz CED tone may act as an
echo suppresser switch, causing a communication problem. Though this
soft switch is normally set to "0", it should be set to "1" so as to change
the time between CED tone and DIS signal from 75ms to 500ms to
eliminate the communication problem caused by echo.
SW39 No. 3 Equalizer freeze
This switch is used to perform reception operation by fixing the equalizer control of modem for the line which is always in an unfavorable
state and picture cannot be received. Usually, the control is executed
according to the state of line where the equalizer setting is changed
always.
SW39 No. 4 Equalizer freeze conditions
Setting which specifies SW9 No.3 control only in condition of 7200bps
modem speed.
SW39 No. 5 CED detection time
The detection time of the CED signal from the called side in the auto
calling mode is set.
2 – 30
Page 39
SW39 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW40 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW40 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW40 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW40 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW40 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW40 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW41 No. 1 ~ No. 4 V.34 mode transmission speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method
is V.34 transmission mode.
SW41 No. 5 ~ No. 8 V.34 mode receiving speed
Used to determine the initial modem speed when communication method
is V.34 reception mode.
SW42 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW42 No. 2 V.34 mode function
Used to select the V.34 mode for communication when set to “1”, communication method is V.34 mode..
SW42 No. 3 V.34 control channel communication speed
Used to select the control channel communication speed for V .34 mode.
SW42 No. 4, No. 5 EOL detection timer
Used to make a choice of whether to use the 25-second or 13-second
timer for detection of End of line This is effective to override communication failures with some facsimile models that have longer End of line
detection.
SW42 No. 6, No. 7 Processing of DIS reception after DIS transmission
When receiving , operation in case of DIS reception after DIS transmission is selected. Retransmitting command: To retransmit DIS in disregard of DIS reception.
Breaking circuit: To break circuit instantly. (Abnormal finish)
T. 30: To operate in accordance with T.30.
T. 30+α: To operate in accordance with T.30+α. (To operate differently
according to cases.)
SW42 No. 8 The change to DB from DP by
When setting to 1, the mode is changed by pressing the key from the
pulse dial mode to the tone dial mode.
SW43 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (High)
To set the level to output high group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5
dBm unit)
SW43 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW44 No. 1 ~ No. 5 DTMF output level (Low)
To set the level to output low group DTMF signals. –15 to 0 dBm (0.5
dBm unit)
SW44 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW45 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Frequency of CI signal
Used to set the detection frequency of CI signal.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW45 No. 5 ~ No. 8 CI signal off detect enable time
Used to set the continuous detection time during OFF period of CI signal. Normally set to 700ms, where the short ring (500ms: OFF period)
cannot be detected. Therefore, selection of 350ms is allowed.
SW46 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW46 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Distinctive ringing
When the ringing setting is turned off, all of the CI signal are received.
When any of the standard, and ring patterns 1 through 3 is selected for
the ringing setting, only the selected CI signal is received.
CI signal patterns
The CI signal patterns consists of the standard pattern, and ring patterns 1 through 7. The standard pattern is the conventional one.
2S
4S
2S
2S
1.5S
STANDARD
1S
1.5S
0.5S
0.8S
RING
PATTERN 1
for USA
RING
PATTERN 2
for USA
RING
PATTERN 3
for USA
RING
PATTERN 4
for USA
RING
PATTERN 1
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 2
for CANADA
RING
PATTERN 3
for CANADA
0.8S
0.3S
0.2S
0.4S
0.2S 0.2S
1S
1S
0.5S
0.5S
0.4S
0.3S
1S
0.2S
0.4S 0.8S
1S
0.5S
1S 0.5S
0.5S
0.5S0.5S
SW47 No. 1 ~ No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW47 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW48 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW48 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW48 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW48 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW49 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW49 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
0.5S
1S
3S
4S
4S
4S
4S
4S
1S
3S
3.5S
0.5S0.5S
1S
3S
3S
2 – 31
Page 40
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW49 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW49 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW50 No. 1, No. 2 DTMF detection time
Used to set detect time of DTMF (Dual Tone Multi Frequency) used in
remote reception (5 ). The longer the detection time is, the error
detection is caused by noises.
SW50 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW51 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW51 No. 4 ~ No. 6 Busy tone detection frequency
To select frequency range of signals to be detected as Busy Tone.
SW51 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW52 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW53 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW54 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW55 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW56 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW57 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW58 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW59 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW60 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW61 No. 1 F.A.S.T (RMS) mode
Used to determine a function of remote maintenance system (F .A.S.T).
SW61 No. 2 F.A.S.T (RMS) line
The line where the F.A.S.T. function is set.
SW61 No. 3 Verification stamp
End stamp:
It is set whether the red round mark is stamped at the bottom margin of
the document of every page in the memory input mode and document
sending mode or not.
SW61 No. 4 Day light saving
The day light saving function ON/OFF is set.
SW61 No. 5, No. 6 Key buzzer volume
Key buzzer volume:
The sound volume of key inputting buzzer and other buzzers is set.
SW61 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW62 No. 1, No. 2 Speaker volume
Speaker volume:
The sound volume of the speaker in the on-hook mode is set.
SW62 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW62 No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW62 No. 5, No. 6 Ringer volume
Ringer volume:
The calling sound volume of CI signal receiving is set.
SW62 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW63 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW63 No. 2 PC I/F mode
The interface with the personal computer is selected.
SW63 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW64 No. 1 Header registration
When setting this switch to "1", registering senders is protected.
SW64 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW64 No. 3 Continuous serial polling
Turns ON/OFF the continuous polling function.
SW64 No. 4, No. 5 Time interval for continuous serial polling
Used to set the interval time for continuous serial polling. Normally set
to no interval (0 minute).
SW64 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW64 No. 8 Quick on-line function
It is selected whether auto dial call is activated in the memory input
mode when one document is completely read or when all pages are
completely read.
SW65 No. 1, No. 2 Cassette selection
To set selective modes for detail paper cassettes of the printer.
00: Manual
01: Automatic 1
10: Automatic 2
11: Except the above
To select detail paper in the first priority cassette in accordance with setting
by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. If the detail paper in the first priority cassette
runs short, the second priority cassette
will be used.
T o automatically select detail paper with
optimum size among the first to third
priority cassettes in accordance with
setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3.
The optimum paper is selected by every
page. If all the cassettes have the same
size paper, paper will be selected according to the cassette priority.
T o automatically select detail paper with
optimum size among the first to third
priority cassettes in accordance with
setting by SW65 3-8 and SW65 1-3. At
the start of printing, the optimum paper is adopted only for the first page.
Thereafter the same cassette selected
for the first page will be used from the
second page and after. If all the cassettes have the same size paper, paper will be selected according to the
cassette priority.
01: the same setting as in the case of
Automatic 1
2 – 32
Page 41
SW65 No. 3 ~ No. 5 The 1st priority cassette
To select the first priority cassette.
001: 1st paper feeder (MP-TRAY)
010: 2nd paper feeder
011: 3rd paper feeder
Except the above
SW65 No. 6 ~ No. 8 The 2nd priority cassette
To select the second priority cassette.
000: Not used (To set in case of using only paper
001: 1st paper feeder (MP-TRAY)
010: 2nd paper feeder
011: 3rd paper feeder
Except the above Not used
SW66 No. 1 ~ No. 3 The 3rd priority cassette
To select the third priority cassette.
000: Not used (To set in case of using only paper
001: 1st paper feeder (MP-TRAY)
010: 2nd paper feeder
011: 3rd paper feeder
Except the above Not used
SW66 No. 4 ~ No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW66 No. 8 Print hold function
When set to "1", the print hold function is enabled.
SW67 No.1, No. 2 Heater mode
Used to set ON/OFF of the heater. Three settings are available: always
ON, always OFF , and OFF timer . (Only when Off timer is selected, SW34SW37 settings are valid.)
To set performance of the heater at the printer fixing part.
00: Normally ON (Off in case of Save Mode,
01: Normally OFF
Except the above Normally OFF
SW67 No. 3 ~ No. 5 Density adjustment of print bias
The density of printing is set.
It can be also set in the print diagnosis mode.
SW67 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW68 No. 1 The default resolution for copying
In case of copying without pressing the RESOLUTION key, resolution
will be super fine.
SW68 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
Printing started from the possible paper feeder
feeder that has been set in the first priority
cassette)
feeder that has been set in the first /second
priority cassette)
giving priority to Energy Save Mode)
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW68 No. 4, No. 5 Line for relay TX
The line to be used for relay specification transmission is set. In case of
AUTO setting the line specified in the transmission operation is used.
SW68 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW69 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW69 No. 2 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW69 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW69 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW69 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW70 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW70 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW70 No. 4 ~ No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW70 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW71 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Delay time after PC printing (n second )
To insert delay time after PC printing.
SW72 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW73 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW73 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Data reduction
Reduction ratio of receiving is set .
It can be changed even in the optional mode.
To set printing reduction rate of received images.
000: Automatic
100: 100%
Except the above 100%
SW74 No. 1 Automatic printing of activity report
This soft switch is used to select; whether or not to produce the activity
report when the memory is full (about 50 items). An activity report can
be produced when the following key entry command is made.
"FUNC", "2", "#", "START"
After producing the activity report, all the data in the memory will be
cleared.
When the switch function is set to "0" (NO), the data in memory will be
deleted from the oldest as it reaches the maximum memory capacity
(approx. 50 items).
SW74 No. 2 Printout of total time and total number of pages on
activity report
Used to make a choice of whether the total communication time and
pages are recorded in the activity report.
SW74 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
2 – 33
Page 42
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW74 No. 4 Department function
This model has the department audit feature, it has to be set to 1 to
utilize this feature.
SW74 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Department ID digit
Used to set the department ID digit number .
When set to "D" , the number is "4" .
SW75 No. 1 Picture quality priority mode
Used to set the transmission mode which is automatically selected when
the MODE key is not pressed. In the copy mode, however, the fine mode
is automatically selected unless the MODE key is manually set to another mode.
SW75 No. 2 Cut-off mode (when copy mode)
When in copy, if the scanned data is out of the range of recording, the
operator has one of the choices below using the switch.
0: Continue: Data is printed onto the next page with the last 20mm
also printed at the beginning of the next page.
1: Cut off: Data scanned out of the limit is cut off (a page is printed.)
SW75 No. 3 Scanning ratio in memory input
In the case of memory transmission, etc., only letter size (A4) documents can be stored in the memory. To input B4 documents into the
memory, therefore, the B4 documents must be reduced to letter size
(A4) or the both ends of the B4 documents will be cut off to input the
center letter-size (A4) portion. This switch provides the selection.
0: Reduced to A4 size and inputted.
1: Both ends are cut off and the center portion (A4 size) is inputted.
SW75 No. 4 Overseas communication mode selection function
When this switch is set to "1", the communication is Super G3 mode can
be turned off by pressing the "SP ACE" key before sending operation, for
the transmission set after that (including polling).
SW75 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW75 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reduce ratio when copy mode
Reduction ratio of copying is set .
It can changed even in the optional mode.
SW76 No. 1, No. 2 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW76 No. 3, No. 4 Density adjustment (when Fine/STD mode)
This is used for density adjustment in fine/standard mode. Adjust the
density according to that of frequently used original.
Set to "Dark" for darker reading (either in the auto or the dark mode) of
light original. Set to "Light" for lighter reading (either in the auto or the
dark mode) of dark original.
Set to "Dark only in dark mode" for darker reading only in the dark mode.
SW76 No. 5, No. 6 Density adjustment (when Half-tone mode)
This is used for density adjustment in the half tone. Setting procedures
are the same as SW46 No. 3 and No. 4.
SW76 No. 7 MTF correction in Half-tone mode
In the half tone mode, image area is separated from character area and
processed separately to eliminate unclear character transmission. This
switch is used to change the criteria of judgement of separation. When
"Strong" (= 1) is selected, more area is judged as character area, providing clearer characters.
On the contrary, however, edges of image area may be emphasized.
It is advisable to restrict the use of this function only when clear charac-
ters must be transmitted, and to use the function of "Weak" (= 0) for
general cases.
SW76 No. 8 MTF intensity in Half-tone mode
This allows selection of MTF correction (dimness correction) in the half
tone mode. When "NO" (= 1) is selected, the whole image becomes soft
and mild, On the contrary, however, mildness of characters will be reduced. Normally set to "NO" (= 1).
SW77 No. 1 Cassette define LTR / A4:Tray
A4 cassette can be used .
Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits.
Do not change the setting during printing.
SW77 No. 2 Cassette define LTR / A4:Upper
A4 cassette can be used .
Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits.
Do not change the setting during printing.
SW77 No. 3 Cassette define LTR / A4:Lower
A4 cassette can be used .
Set "0" or "1" for all of three bits.
Do not change the setting during printing.
SW77 No. 4, No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW77 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Dial selection
The communication conditions of lines 1/2 are set respectively.
SW78 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW78 No. 2 ~ No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW78 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW79 No. 1 Secure billing code
When the tel. billing code function is ON, the operation of secure billing
code is enabled .
SW79 No. 2 Pause with SHIFT key
The SHIFT key pause time is set.
SW79 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW79 No. 4 ~ No. 8 Z key pause time (250ms unit)
The Z key pause time is set.
SW80 No. 1 Separate feature
The separate mode ON/OFF is set.
SW80 No. 2, No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW80 No. 4 Use personal book name as multi TTI
When this switch is set to “1”, personal book name is used as multi TTI.
SW80 No. 5 Addition of header (Sender information)
ON/OFF of addition of header (sender information) to various list is set.
SW80 No. 6 DTMF sending by the panel test
When ten keys are pressed in the Panel T est Mode of the diagnosis, the
corresponding DTMF signals are output.
SW80 No. 7 Power save mode
To switch power save mode system either to real time or to timer.
SW80 No. 8 Ring control for line-2
The ringer ringing ON/OFF is set when incoming call is received through
the line 2.
SW81 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW81 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW81 No. 3 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW82 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
2 – 34
Page 43
SW82 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW82 No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW82 No. 4 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW82 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW83 No. 1 ~ No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW83 No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW83 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW83 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW84 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW84 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW84 No. 6, No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW84 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW85 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW86 No. 1 ~ No. 3 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW86 No. 4 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW86 No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW86 No. 6 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW87 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW88 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW89 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW90 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW90 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW90 No. 3 ~ No. 5 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW90 No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW90 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW90 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
SW91 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW92 No. 1 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW92 No. 2 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW92 No. 3 Waiting time after dialing
The set up of the call time of the auto dial.
90 sec. or depends on each country’s specifications.
SW92 No. 4 Show receiver’s name
This switch is used to note the receiver’s name on the transaction report
and activity report. When this switch is set to “0”, the receiver’s dial
number is printed on the report.
SW92 No. 5 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW93 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW94 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW95 No. 1 ~ No. 4 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW95 No. 5, No. 6 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW95 No. 7 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW95 No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
SW96 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW97 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW98 No. 1 ~ No. 8 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW99 No. 1 ~ No. 6 Reserved
Set to "0".
SW99 No. 7, No. 8 Reserved
Set to "1".
2 – 35
Page 44
FO-6700U
y
FO-67DL
[3] Troubleshooting
1. Fax troubleshooting
Refer to the following actions to troubleshoot any of the problems mentioned in 1-4.
[1] A communication error occurs.
[2] Image distortion produced.
[3] Unable to do overseas communication.
[4] Communication speed slow due to FALLBACK.
• Increase the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 8-4, 5, 6, 7, 8
May be used in case [1] [2] [3].
• Apply line equalization SOFT SWITCH 8-1, 2
May be used in all cases.
• Slow down the transmission speed SOFT SWITCH 6-5, 6, 7, 8
May be used in case [2] [3].
• Replace the LIU PWB.
May be used in all cases.
• Replace the control PWB.
May be used in all cases.
* If transmission problems still exist on the machine, use the following
format and check the related matters.
• Decrease the transmission level SOFT SWITCH 8-4, 5, 6, 7, 8
May be used in case [3].
TO: ATT: Ref.No. :
CC: ATT: Date :
FM: Dept :
Sign :
***** Facsimile communication problem *****
From: Mr. Fax T el No.:
Our customer Name T el No.
Address Fax No.
Contact person Model name
Other party Name Tel No.
Address Fax No.
Contact person Model name
Problem mode Line: Domestic / international Mode: G3 Phase: A. B. C. D.
Reception / Transmission
Frequency: % ROM version:
Confirmation
item
Our customer
Automatic reception / Manual reception
Automatic dialing / Manual dialing / Others
B1
Other party
B2
Please mark problem with an X
No problem is: 0
A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2 D1 D2 E1 E2
Ref.No.:
Date:
A1 A2
C1 D2
C2 D1
E1
E2
Our service
Comment
Countermeasure
**** Please attach the G3 data and activity report on problem. ****
Other part
's service
Transmission level setting is ( ) dB at our
customer
Transmission level ( ) dBm
Reception level ( ) dBm
By level meter at B1 and B2
2 – 36
Page 45
[4] Error code table
1. Communication error code table
G3 Transmission
Code Final received signal Error Condition (Receiver side)
0 Incomplete signal frame Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
1 NSF, DIS Cannot recognize DCS signal by echo etc.
Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc)
2 CFR Disconnects line during reception (carrier missing etc)
3 FTT Disconnects line by fallback
4 MCF Disconnects line during reception of multi page
Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal in the case of mode change
5 PIP or PIN The line is hung up without replying to telephone request from the receiving party.
6 RTN or RTP Cannot recognize NSS, DCS signal after transmit RTN or RTP signal.
7 No signal or DCN No response on receiver side or DCN signal received* (transmitter side)
8 − Owing to error in some page the error could not be corrected although the specified number of
error retransmission was attempted.
11 − Error occurred after or while reception by the remote (receiving) machine was revealed to be
impossible.
12 − Error occurred just after fallback.
13 − Error occurred after a response to retransmission end command was received.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
G3 Reception
Code Final received signal Error Condition (Receiver side)
0 Incomplete signal frame Cannot recognize bit stream after flag
1 NSS, DCS Cannot recognize CFR or FTT signal
Disconnects line during transmission (line error)
2 NSC, DTC Cannot recognize NSS signal (FIF code etc)
3 EOP Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal
4 EOM Cannot recognize MCF, PIP, PIN, RTN, RTP signal in the case of mode change
5 MPS The line is hung up without replying to communication request.
6 PR1-Q Cannot recognize PIP, PIN signal in the case of TALK request
7 No signal or DCN No response in transmitter (cannot recognize DIS signal) or DCN signal received* (receiver side)
8 − Error occurred upon completion of reception of all pages.
9 − Error occurred when mode was changed or Transmission/Reception switching was performed.
10 − Error occurred during partial page or physical page reception.
11 − Error occurred after or during inquiry from the remote (transmitting) machine as to whether
reception is possible or not.
12 − Error occurred during or just after fallback.
13 − Error occurred after the retransmission end command was received.
14 − Error occurred after the voice communication command was received.
2 – 37
Page 46
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Super G3 mode
Error Code Transmission Errors Reception Errors
E-16 Same as E-0 Same as E-0
E-17 Same as E-1 Same as E-1
E-18 Same as E-2 Same as E-2
E-19 − Same as E-8
E-20 Same as E-4 Same as E-9
E-21 − Same as E-10
E-22 −−
E-23 Same as E-7 Same as E-7
E-24 Same as E-8 −
E-25 Same as E-11 Same as E-11
E-26 Same as E-12 Same as E-12
E-27 Same as E-13 Same as E-13
E-28 − Same as E-14
E-29
E-30 Error occured during handshaking for super G3 mode
E-31
<Reference> Details of E-29 ~ 31
E-29 Handshaking error in V.8 negotiation procedure
E-30 Handshaking error in V.34 line probing procedure
E-31 Handshaking error in V.34 HDX training procedure
2. Service call error massage
Message Description
REMOVE ORIGINAL (S) Document is stuck at the auto-feeder.
NO PAPER (TRAY) No recording paper on the tray.
NO PAPER (UPPER) No recording paper in the upper cassette.
NO PAPER (LOWER) No recording paper in the lower cassette.
NO PAPER (BOTH CASS.) No recording paper in either cassette.
NO PAPER (TRAY, UPPER) No recording paper in the tray nor in the upper cassette.
NO PAPER (TRAY, LOWER) No recording paper in the tray nor in the lower cassette.
NO PAPER No recording paper anywhere.
SIZE ERROR The size of the recording paper is wrong.
LASER ERROR The laser unit abnormal.
POLYGON ERROR The polygon motor abnormal.
FAN MOTOR ERROR The fan motor abnormal.
CHECK UPPER CASSETTE The upper cassette is not set properly.
CHECK LOWER CASSETTE The lower cassette is not set properly.
CHECK BOTH CASSETTES Neither cassette is set properly.
TONER EMPTY There is no toner left.
PCU COMM. ERROR No data communication between the PCU and the control PWB.
RX DOCUMENT TRAY OFF The document-receiving tray is not set properly.
HIGH VOLTAGE ERROR Abnormality with the high-voltage portion.
HEATER LOW ERROR Heater temperature is too low.
HEATER HIGH ERROR Heater temperature is too high.
WARMING UP ERROR Warming up is not done properly.
CHECK COVER OR DRUM Printer cover may be open, or the drum cartridge may not be set properly.
DRUM LIFE OVER Drum life is over.
PAPER JAM Recording paper is stuck inside.
SUB1 BOARD ERROR!!
SUB2 BOARD ERROR!! The line 1 PWB is misconnected to the line 2 PWB connector.
SUB1/2 BOARD ERROR!! Neither of line 1 PWB nor 2 PWB is connected properly.
MEMORY BOARD ERROR!! Memory PWB is not installed or is damaged.
The line 1 PWB may not be connected properly, or the line 2 PWB may be misconnected to the line 1 PWB connector.
2 – 38
Page 47
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
[5] Overseas communication mode
(1) Function
The Super G3 (V.34) mode is susceptible to influence of line. It is better to use the G3 (V.17) mode for communication in specific line conditions.
This function is provided to support this status.
(2) Memory retransmission
In case of memory transmission the retransmission is performed in the following conditions.
No. Conditions Operation
1 When a communication error occurred in communication in the
Super G3 mode due to page 1 MCF reception failure.
2 When a communication error occurred in communication in the
Super G3 mode after reception of page 1 MCF.
3 When a communication error occurred in retransmission.
4 When a communication error occurred in sequential system commu-
nication.
(3) Original transmission
Since retransmission is not provided for the original transmission, recovery by the method 1 is impossible. Accordingly, for the original transmission set
Super G3 to OFF, and apply V.17 mode.
(4) Super G3 function setting to OFF by operator
A function to set Super G3 function to OFF is provided for operator in addition to the functions described in items (2) and (3) above. However, this
function is invalid in the default mode.
It is made valid only when requested by using the soft switch.
SW75 No.4 = 0: Operation invalid (Default) 1: Operation valid
(4)-1 Setting method
1
Before communication operation press the SPACE key to set the communication to OFF in the Super G3 mode.
The retransmission of this communication is performed after setting
Super G3 to OFF (in V.17 mode).
The retransmission of this communication is performed without setting Super G3 to OFF (in V.34 mode).
Retransmission is performed again according to 1 and 2 above.
Retransmission is performed according to 1 and 2 above for each
station.
SPACE
2
Perform the transmission/polling operation.
The operations which are taken as objects are the following.
* Instantaneous single station auto-dial transmission (original/memory)
* Time-specified single station transmission
* Program instantaneous single station transmission
* Program time-specified single station transmission
* Time-specified single station polling
* Program instantaneous single station polling
* Program time-specified single station polling
* Manual transmission (original/memory)
* Batch transmission
(4)-2 Canceling method (this setting is not canceled while one of the following
operations is not performed)
After setting operation (pressing the SPACE key) press the STOP key on the WAIT screen.
1
2
After setting operation (pressing the SPACE key) hold for one minute.
In case of operation 1 and 2 the display shown right will appear for 2 seconds.
3
Perform the communication operation (all the communication operations).
4
Start up again the machine (turn on power).
(4)-3 Others
1
The operation to set Super G3 to OFF is valid only for one communication which is per-
formed successively.
APR-24 THU 03: 00PM
M: 00% ST AND-BY AUTO
INTERNATIONAL MODE
ENTERED
APR-24 THU 03: 00PM
M: 00% STAND-BY AUTO
Object addition function :
Confidential information
Relay
Object party specifying method:
Rapid
Speed
Key-pad
Normally, communication is performed in the G3 (V.17) mode.
INTERNATIONAL MODE
CANCELED
2 – 39
Page 48
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
[6] Administrator mode in the personal book function
In the personal book function, 30 books from 01 to 30 may be set. It is also possible to set the administrator as a special book.
(a) Setting : Same as the normal personal book, except for the book number to be specified as "00".
(b) Switching to the administrator mode : Press the "PERSONAL BOOK" key and enter the "passcode of the book00" in the stand-by mode.
(c) Cancellation of the administrator mode : Press the "STOP" key and enter "1" in the stand-by mode.
(d) Function in the administrator mode : When the following list is output, the information of all books is read out.
1) TELEPHONE NUMBER LIST
2) RELAY GROUP LIST
3) PROGRAM/GROUP LIST
4) TIMER LIST
5) MEMORY STATUS REPORT
"PERSONAL BOOK LIST" may be output in item 16 of the "FUNCTION + 2 : LISTMODE".
2 – 40
Page 49
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL DESCRIPTION
[3] Disassembly and assembly procedures
• This chapter mainly describes the disassembly procedures. For the assembly procedures, reverse the disassembly procedures.
• Easy and simple disassembly/assembly procedures of some parts and units are omitted. For disassembly and assembly of such
parts and units, refer to the Parts List.
• The numbers in the illustration, the parts list and the flowchart in a same section are common to each other.
• To assure reliability of the product, the disassembly and the assembly procedures should be performed carefully and deliberately.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
1
Rear cabinet
Parts list (Fig. 1)
No. Part name Q’ty
1 Main unit 1
2 Screw (3×10) 4
3 Rear cabinet 1
1
2
3
1
2
2
2
2
HOOK
3
HOOK
Fig. 1
3 – 1
Panel Cable
Core
Shield Plate
To Core and Panel
Cable position is
inside of Shield Plate.
Page 50
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
2
Line control PWB unit, Sub PWB plate, Right cabinet
1
121314
2
7
8
9
10
11
3
15
4
5
6
Memory PWB unit
Printer PWB unit
Main control
PWB unit
Parts list (Fig. 2)
No. Part name Q’ty
1 Main unit 1
2 Screw (3×18) 2
3 PWB bush 2
4 Line-1 control PWB unit 1
5 PWB collar 2
6 PWB spacer 2
7 Screw (3×18) (OPTION:FO-67DL) 2
8 PWB bush (OPTION:FO-67DL) 2
9
Line-2 control PWB unit (OPTION:FO-67DL)
10 PWB collar (OPTION:FO-67DL) 2
11 PWB spacer (OPTION:FO-67DL) 2
12 Screw (3×6) 7
13 Sub PWB plate 1
14 Screw (3×10) 2
15 Right cabinet 1
1
1
13
12
6
4
5
3
2
10
11
12
LIU PWB 1 unit
LIU PWB 2 unit (OPTION:FO-67DL)
7
8
9
1
OPTION:FO-67DL
HOOK
14
Fig. 2
3 – 2
HOOK
14
15
HOOK
Page 51
FO-6700U
1
236 1211
4
5
7
8
9
10
1
6
7
2
3
8
9
6
10
6
11
11
12
4
5
5
OPTION:FO-67DL
FO-67DL
3
Memory PWB unit, LIU PWB 2 unit (OPTION:FO-67DL),
Printer PWB unit, Main control PWB unit
Parts list (Fig. 3)
No. Part name Q’ty
1 Main unit 1
2 Screw (3×25) 2
3 Memory PWB unit 1
4 PWB support 2
5 Spacer 2
6 Screw (3×6) 4
7 Screw (3×6) (OPTION:FO-67DL) 2
8 LIU PWB 2 unit (OPTION:FO-67DL) 1
9 Printer PWB unit 1
10 Main control PWB unit 1
11 PWB cushion 1
12 Sheet A 1
Fig. 3
3 – 3
Page 52
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
14
Wire treatment
Printer PWB unit
Main control
PWB unit
CNPW
1
Panel cable
Stamp cable CIS cable
Motor cable
1
Parts list (Fig. 4)
No. Part name Q’ty
1 Band 3
2 Core 2
Front / Let out / Doc
sensor cable
Speaker cable
CNLIU-1 cable
CNLIU-2 cable
2
2
CNPW
CN2
CN7
CN8
1
Main control PWB
Printer PWB
CN4
CN6
CN3
Front / Let out / Doc
sensor cable
CIS cable
Stamp cable
Rib
CIS cable
CN10
CN10
Rib
2
CN13
CN14
Front sensor
Rib
Rib
Rib
CN9
CN15
Let out sensor
CN5
Panel cable
LIU PWB 2 unit
(OPTION:FO-67DL)
Doc sensor
Rib
Rib
Rib
3 times
Scanner
frame
Rib
2
3 times
Fig. 4
3 – 4
Stamp
Page 53
CHAPTER 4. DIAGRAMS
FO-45VS
VERIFICATION STAMP
(OPTION)
LZ9FJ59
MAIN CPU
SH7021
SRAM
256KB
DRAM
2MB
EPROM
2MB
CODEC
HD813201F
CODEC I/F
LR38292
DRAM
2MB
RAM
2KB
R.T.C.
CIS UNIT
MEMORY PWB UNIT
I/O PORT
MOTOR/
MECHANISM
CONTROL
FLASH MEMORY
CONTROL
PRINTER I/F
PANEL I/F
DRAM
CONTROLLER
DRIVER
MOTOR
DRIVER
TX MOTOR
SENSOR
FLASH MEMORY
4MB
SPEAKER
SCANNER UNIT
DRIVER
MAIN CONTROL PWB UNIT
INTERRUDTION
REQUIREMENT
CONTROL
MAPPER
RECORD DATA
PROCESSING
IMAGE TREATMENT LSI
LC82103
TEL
LINE1
LIU
PWB 1 UNIT
PANEL
PWB UNIT
PRINTER
PWB UNIT
PRINTER
UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT
FO-4ML/8ML/12ML
MEMORY PWB UNIT
(OPTION)
2ND.
CASSETTE
PWB UNIT
MOTOR
SENSOR
SOLENOID
SENSOR
SOLENOID
3RD.
CASSETTE
PWB UNIT
FLASH MEMORY
1MB
TEL
LINE2
LIU
PWB 2 UNIT
(OPTION:
FO67DL)
SUB CPU
SH7021
MODEM
33.6Kbps
LZ9FJ59
EPROM
512KB
DRAM
2MB
DP-RAM
2KB
JBIG LSI
M65761
LINE CONTROL PWB (LINE-1)
SUB CPU
SH7021
MODEM
33.6Kbps
LZ9FJ59
EPROM
512KB
DRAM
2MB
DP-RAM
2KB
JBIG LSI
M65761
LINE CONTROL PWB (LINE-2)
OPTION:FO-67DL
C
D
A
D
C
E
F
B
E
F
B
A
[1] Block diagram
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
4 – 1
Page 54
FO-6700U
ROLLER
SENSOR
2
M2
POLYGON
MOTOR
PWB-G
TONER EMPTY
PWB
PWB-D
LASER DIODE
DRIVE PWB
TH1
THERMISTOR
PS1
PAPER TAKE-UP
SENSOR SWITCH
SL1
PAPER TAKE-UP
SOLENOID
PS3
PAPER EXIT
SENSOR
PS5B
PAPER SIZE
SENSOR
HV1
HIGH
VOLTAGE PWB
UNIT
PE1
PAPER
EMPTY
SENSOR
2ND.
CASSETTE
PWB
SL2
4
4
7
2
2
2
3
4
11
M1
PRINTER
MOTOR
4
13
CN5
CN2
CN10
CN3
CN8
CN14
CN4
CN15 CN9 CN6
CN13 CN11
PRINTER PWB
3
2
CN7
TX
MOTOR
MEMORY
PWB
UNIT
CIS
SENSOR
10
4
M3
FAN
MOTOR
S2
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
2
TS1
THERMOSTAT
H1
HEATER
LAMP
1
1
1
12
OPERATION
PANEL
PWB
14
2
2
2
SPEAKER
8
3
TEL LINE 1
CN1
CNOP CNTXM CNCIS CNSP
CNLIU1
CNSTP CNSEN
CNPNCNPW
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT
MAIN CONTROL PWB
LIU PWB 1
DOCUMENT
SENSOR
FRONT
SENSOR
B4 FRONT
SENSOR
FO-45VS
VERIFICATION
STAMP
(OPTION)
COG
24
2
CNPRT
30
50
2
9
2
8
CN2
CN1
CN5
CN4 CN3 CN2
PS5A
TRAY COVER
SENSOR
2
2
PS4
PAPER OUT
SENSOR
2
SW
2ND.
CASSETTE
CN4
CN1
5
FO-4ML/8ML/12ML MEMORY
PWB UNIT
(OPTION)
10
3RD.
CASSETTE
PWB
CN5
CN8
CN6CN7
CN3
SL3SW
2
5
6
MOTOR
3RD.
CASSETTE
EX.TEL
FO-67DL
LIU PWB 2
(OPTION)
TEL LINE 2
CNLIU2
9
FO-67DL
LINE-2
CONTROL
PWB
(OPTION)
60
LINE-1
CONTROL
PWB
60
CNSUB2
CNSUB1
FO-67DL
[2] Wiring diagram
4 – 2
Page 55
[3] Point- to-point diagram and connector signal name (1)
CNSTP
VSTP
/STPON
VSTP
/STPON
1
2
1
2
CNSP
SP+
SP–
SP+
SP–
1
2
1
2
CNSEN
1234567
8
1234567
8
/FRTSDG/ORGSDG/B4FRSDGROLSNS
DG
/FRTSDG/ORGSDG/B4FRSDGROLSNS
DG
CNCIS
123456789
10
123456789
10
SIG
GND
VDD
GND
GNDSIGND
CLK
GLED
VLED
SIG
GND
VDD
GND
GNDSIGND
CLK
GLED
VLED
CNTXM
123
4
123
4
TMA
/TMA
TMB
/TMB
TMA
/TMA
TMB
/TMB
LIU PWB 1
CNLIU
CNLIU1
RXIN
TXOUTCI/EXHS
DPON
CML
+5VDG+24VA
RXIN
TXOUTCI/EXHS
DPON
CML
+5VDG+24VA
E–RLY (N.C.)
DPMUTE (N.C.)
EXTSIG (N.C.)
123456789
1234567891011
12
OPERATION
PANEL
PWB
CNPN
CNPN
1234567891011121314151617181920212223
24
1234567891011121314151617181920212223
24
LD7ELD6
R/W
LEDEN2RSLEDEN1
/SEN6
LD2
/SEN5
LD3
/SEN4
LD1
/SEN3
LD4
/SEN2
LD0
/SEN1
LD5
/SEN0
+5VDG+5V
DG
LD7ELD6
R/W
LEDEN2RSLEDEN1
/SEN6
LD2
/SEN5
LD3
/SEN4
LD1
/SEN3
LD4
/SEN2
LD0
/SEN1
LD5
/SEN0
+5VDG+5V
DG
COG
(LCD)
POWER
SUPPLY
PWB
PRINTER
CONTROL
PWB
CN10
/PS1
DG
1
2
CN15
+5V
TONER LEVEL
/TONER LED
DG
PWB-G
TONER
EMPTY
SENSOR
PS1
PAPER TAKE-UP
SENSOR
PS5A TRAY
COVER SENSOR
PS5B
PAPER SIZE SENSOR
123
4
CN7
CN1
24V MAINMGDG
5V MAIN
HEATER ON
FAN
FAN LOCK
H RELAY OFF
24V MAINMGDG
5V MAIN
HEATER ON
FAN
FAN LOCK
H RELAY OFF
1234567
8
1234567
8
CN1
M2
POLYGON
MOTOR
CN9
12345
N.C
+24VMG+5V
POLYGON CTL
PWB-D
LASER DIODE
DRIVE PWB
CN5
1234567
7654321
/S SCANCDLD APC2
LD APC1DG/L DATA
+5V
/S SCANCDLD APC2
LD APC1DG/L DATA
+5V
HV1
HIGH
VOLTAGE
PWB
UNIT
CN4
CN1
CN2
1234567891011
1110987654321
+5V
HV C HL
T VR
T REM
T MON
B MON
B VR
C REM
C MONMG+24V
+5V
HV C HL
T VR
T REM
T MON
B MON
B VR
C REM
C MONMG+24V
SL1
TRAY PAPER TAKE-UP
SOLENOID
2ND.
CASSETTE
PWB
1/2
CN11
12345678910111213
12345678910111213
+24V
/FEED2
PICK3
+5VDGSIZE20
SIZE21
/UNIT
P EMP2
CHECK2
/2ND:3RD
/M3 ON
M3CLK
+24V
/FEED2
PICK3
+5VDGSIZE20
SIZE21
/UNIT
P EMP2
CHECK2 (N.C.)
/2ND:3RD
/M3 ON
M3CLK
CN3
CN8
1
2
+24V
/FEED1
M1
PRINTER
MOTOR
CN6
123
4
MA
/MAMB/MB
PS4
P-OUT SENSOR TRAY
CN13
123
4
PS4DGP EMP1
DG
PC3
PAPER EXIT
SENSOR
123
ANODE (PS3)DGPS3
CN2
CN3
TS1
THERMOSTAT
123
HEATER L
GND
HEATER N
H1 HEATER LAMP
1
2
TH1
THERMISTER
THERMISTER
+5V
THERMISTER
+5V
1
2
CN2
S2
INTERLOCK SWITCH
M3
FAN MOTOR
1
2
+24V
MAIN
CN4
123
MG
FAN
FAN LOCK
1234567891011
12
1234567891011
12
CN5 CNPW
NCNCNCNCPDG
/RESET
PDG
PDG
PDG
/HSYNC
/EPRDY
/PRRDY
/TOD
/ETBSY
/STS
/CMD
/CTBSY
/PRINT
/SRCLK
PDG
PDG
/VIDEO
+5VP
PDG
+5VP
PDG
+5VP
/CPRDY
+5VP
/TEST
DGDGDGDGDG
/RESETDGDGDG/HSYNC
/EPRDY
/PRRDY
/TOD
/ETBSY
/STS
/CMD
/CTBSY
/PRINT
/SRCLKDGDG
/VIDEO
+5VDG+5VDG+5V
/CPRDY
+5V
/TEST
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829
30
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829
30
CNPRT
CNAC
123
AC-L
AC-N
GND
AC
CORD
CN14
MF SIZEDGDG
TRAY SW
123
4
+24V SUBMGMGMG+24V MAIN
+24V MAIN
+5V SUBDGDGDG+5V MAIN
+5V MAIN
+24V SUBMGMGMG+24V MAIN
+24V MAIN
+5V SUBDGDGDG+5V MAIN
+5V MAIN
DOCUMENT
SENSOR
FRONT
SENSOR
B4 FRONT
SENSOR
ROLLER
SENSOR
CIS
SENSOR
SPEAKER
TX MOTOR
VERIFICATION
STAMP
FO-45VS
(OPTION)
CONTROL PWB
1/2
PE1
PAPER EMPTY SENSOR
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
4 – 3
Page 56
FO-6700U
CN5
123456789
10
CN3
2ND.
CASSETTE
PWB
2/2
3RD.
CASSETTE
PWB
123456789
10
+24V
PICK3
+5VDGP EMP3
/CASSETTE
/3RD BIN
LTR/LGL
M3 ON
M3CLK
+24V
PICK3
+5VDGP EMP3
/CASSETTE
/3RD BIN
LTR/LGL
M3 ON
M3CLK
CNOP
DG
TCS2DG/MWRHDG/MRD
+5V
/FLBSY
+5V
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1FLBK4
FLBK2
FLBK1
FLOPTDGDG
DG
TCS2DG/MWRHDG/MRD
+5V
/FLBSY
+5V
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
MA19
MA18
MA17
MA16
MA15
MA14
MA13
MA12
MA11
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
FLBK4
FLBK2
FLBK1
/FLOPT
/FLBK3
DG
12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243444546474849
50
12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940414243444546474849
50
CNOP
CONTROL PWB
2/2
MEMORY
PWB
LIU PWB 2
(OPTION:FO67DL)
CNLIU
CNLIU2
RXIN
TXOUTCINC
DPON
CML
+5VDG+24VA
RXIN
TXOUTCINC
DPON
CML
+5VDG+24VA
E–RLY (N.C.)
DPMUTE (N.C.)
EXTSIG (N.C.)
123456789
1234567891011
12
LINE-2
CONTROL
PWB
(OPTION:FO67DL)
CNSUB2
CNSUB
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829
30
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829
30
+5V
+5V
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
+5V
BZCONT
3132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859
60
3132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859
60
SPMUTEDGDGDG/MDPCS
/MDPINT
/MCTWRH
/MDPBSY
/MCTWRL
/MRD
/SRESET
/MRES
VOLC
VOLB
VOLA
DPMUTE
E-RLY
CML
DPON
/EXHS
/CIDGDGDGDG
+12V
+12V
EXSIG
RXIN
TXOUT
+5V
+5V
DPD0
DPD1
DPD2
DPD3
DPD4
DPD5
DPD6
DPD7
DPD8
DPD9
DPD10
DPD11
DPD12
DPD13
DPD14
DPD15
DPA10
DPA9
DPA8
DPA7
DPA6
DPA5
DPA4
DPA3
DPA2
DPA1
+5V
+5V
DGDGDG
DG
/MDPCS
/MDPINT
/MCTWRH
/MDPBSY
/MCTWRL
/DPRD
/SRESET
/MRES
DGDGDG
DPMUTE
E-RLY
CML
DPON
NOT USE
/CI
DGDGDG
DG
+12V
+12V
EXSIG
RXIN
TXOUT
LINE-1
CONTROL
PWB
CNSUB1
CNSUB
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829
30
1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829
30
+5V
+5V
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA6
MA5
MA4
MA3
MA2
MA1
+5V
BZCONT
3132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859
60
3132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859
60
SPMUTEDGDGDG/MDPCS
/MDPINT
/MCTWRH
/MDPBSY
/MCTWRL
/MRD
/SRESET
/MRES
VOLC
VOLB
VOLA
DPMUTE
E-RLY
CML
DPON
/EXHS
/CIDGDGDGDG
+12V
+12V
EXSIG
RXIN
TXOUT
+5V
+5V
DPD0
DPD1
DPD2
DPD3
DPD4
DPD5
DPD6
DPD7
DPD8
DPD9
DPD10
DPD11
DPD12
DPD13
DPD14
DPD15
DPA10
DPA9
DPA8
DPA7
DPA6
DPA5
DPA4
DPA3
DPA2
DPA1
+5V
BZCONT
SPMUTE
DGDGDG
/MDPCS
/MDPINT
/MCTWRH
/MDPBSY
/MCTWRL
/DPRD
/SRESET
/MRES
VOLC
VOLB
VOLA
DPMUTE
E-RLY
CML
DPON
/EXHS
/CI
DGDGDG
DG
+12V
+12V
EXSIG
RXIN
TXOUT
FO-67DL
Point- to-point diagram and connector signal name (2)
4 – 4
Page 57
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
CHAPTER 5. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
[1] Circuit description
1. General description
In this machine, the facsimile control block except the printer control is
mainly composed of the units shown in Fig. 1.
2. PWB configuration
LINE 2
POWER SUPPLY PWB
LIU PWB 2
(OPTION:FO-67DL)
LINE 1
MEMORY
PWB
CIS
UNIT
MAIN CONTROL PWBLIU PWB 1
OPERATION PANEL
PWB
Fig. 1
1) Main Control PWB
The Main Control PWB controls all the other operations except the printing operation of the printer and line control.
2) Line Control PWB
The Line-1 Control PWB controls TX/RX of 1st line and the speaker
volume. The Line- 2 Control PWB controls TX/RX of 2nd line, when FO67DL (OPTION) is installed.
3) LIU PWB 1, LIU PWB 2 (OPTION:FO-67DL)
The LIU PWB controls the I/F telephone function of the circuit with the
control signals from the Line Control PWB.
4) CIS UNIT
CIS UNIT converts the image of the sending or copying draft into the
photoelectric signals and transmits the signals to the Main Control PWB.
5) Operation Panel PWB
The Operation Panel PWB detects the key input, turns on and off LED
and displays LCD according to the control signals from the Main Control
PWB.
6) Power Supply PWB
DC voltages (+5V, +24V) are produced from AC120V, and are supplied
to the Printer Unit and Main Control PWB Unit.
7) Memory PWB
The 4MByte image memory composed by flash memory which can be
supported. When FO-4ML/8ML/12ML (OPTION) installed, a capacity rise
is possible to 8MB/12MB/16MB.
8) 2nd. Cassette PWB
The paper feeding control is relayed from the 2nd. cassette.
9) 3rd. Cassette PWB
The paper feeding control from the 3rd. cassette is relayed and the feeding motor is driven.
AC CORD
PRINTER
PWB
LINE-1
CONTROL PWB
LINE-2
CONTROL PWB
(OPTION:FO-67DL)
2ND.
CASSETTE
PWB
PRINTER
UNIT
3RD.
CASSETTE
PWB
[2] Circuit description of Main Control PWB
1. General description
The Main Control PWB is composed of the following blocks.
1
Main Control Block
2
Image Memory Block
3
Back-up Circuit Block
4
Image Signal Process Block
5
Speaker Amplifier Block
6
Reading Process and Mechanical Control Block
7
Gate Array (A) Block
8
Gate Array (B) Block
9
CODEC Block
F
Page Memory Block
G
Drive Block
H
DPRAM I/F Block
2. Description of each block
(1) Main Control Block
The Main Control Block uses RISC microprocessor HD6437021 as CPU,
being composed of ROM (2 MByte) and DRAM (2 MByte).
1) HD6437021 (IC12): pin-100, QFP (main CPU)
The device is a microprocessor which integrates the peripheral functions, using CPU of 32-bit RISC type as the core. In the instrument, the
following peripheral functions are mainly used.
1
ROM of 32 KByte and RAM of 1 KByte are integrated.
A part of programs are stored in the integrated ROM.
2
DMA Controller (4 channels are provided, and 2 channels alone are
used.)
ch.0: Used to transmit image data between CODEC (HD813201F)
and DRAM (IC13).
ch.2: Used to transmit image data between Flash memory on the
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2) 27C160 (IC2): pin-42, DIP (EPROM)
Programs are stored in a 16 Mbit ROM.
3)
Used as the system memory of Main CPU and transmission buffer of
communication.
Memory PWB and DRAM(IC13).
Clock-synchronous type serial communication interface commands
and statuses are communicated with PCU.
Interruption
IRQ2: Interruption request from Line-1 Control PWB.
IRQ3: Interruption request from Line-2 Control PWB.(
OPTION:FO-67DL
IRQ4, IRQ7: Interruption request from Gate Array (A) (LZ9FJ59)
IRQ6: Interruption request from Gate Array (B) (LR38292)
IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ5 : Not used.
NMI : Not used.
DRAM Controller
Addressing to DRAM(IC13) of the system and control and refresh
control of RAS and CAS signals are executed.
Timer and Watch Dog Timer
General-purpose I/O Port
Control of LIU and control of analog process of read signals are
executed.
Clock Oscillation
Crystal oscillator of 19.66 MHz is connected for operation of 19.66
MHz.
Generation of Alarm Sound and Ringer Sound
The keys on the operation panel are pressed to respectively generate the key input sound, alarm sound and ringer sound.
HY5118164 or MSM51 18165 (IC13, IC23): pin-42, SOJ (DRAM)
)
5 – 1
Page 58
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
HD6437021 (IC12) Terminal descriptions
Classification Code
Power Vcc 13, 38, 63, I Power Connect to the power supply.
Vss 4,15,24,32, I Ground Connect to the ground.
Clock EXTAL 71 I External clock Connect to the quartz oscillator. Moreover, EXTAL terminal can
XTAL 72 I Crystal Connect the quartz oscillator. Connect the same frequency of the
CK 69 O System clock Supply system clock to the peripheral device.
System control RES 76 I Reset If this terminal is turned to the low level when NMI is at the high
WDTOVF 75 O Watch dog timer It is overflow output signal from WDT.
BREQ 60 I Bus right request Select the low level to make the external device request the
BACK 58 O Bus right request It indicates that the bus right is released to the external device.
Operation MD2~ 79~77 I Mode setting The terminal determines the operation mode.
mode control MD0 During operation, don’t vary any input value. The relationship
Interrupt NMI 74 I
IRQ0~ 65,66,67,68, I Interrupt request 0 This is the interrupt request terminal which can be masked.
IRQ7 97,98,99,100 thru 7 Either level input or edge input can be selected.
IRQOUT 61 O Interrupt request It indicates that a factor of interrupt occurs.
Address A21~A0 45~42,40,39, O Address Address is output.
Data bus AD15~ 19~16,14, I/O Data bus Bidirectional data bus of 16 bits
AD0 12~5,3~1 Multiplex is possible with the low-order 16 bits of the address.
DPH 64 I/O High-order side data Parity data corresponds to D15 thru D8.
DPL 62 I/O Low-order side data Parity data corresponds to D7 thru D0.
Relationship between MD2 thru MD0 and operation modes
MD2 MD1 MD0 Operation mode Integrated ROM Bus width of area 0
000
0 0 1 MCU mode 16-bit size
0 1 0 Valid —
0 1 1 (Reserved) — —
1 0 0 (Reserved) — —
1 0 1 (Reserved) — —
1 1 0 (Reserved) — —
1 1 1 (Reserved) — —
Terminal No.
(TFP-100B)
73, 80, 88 Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems.
41,50,59,70, Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems.
81,82, 92 If any open terminal is present, it will not operate.
37~33,31~25,
23~20
I/O Name Function
If any open terminal is present, it will not operate
input the external clock.
Use the same frequency for the quartz oscillator, external clock
and system clock.
system clock (CK).
To input external clock from EXTAL terminal, open EXTAL
terminal.
level, it will be brought into the power-on state. If this terminal is
turned to the low level when NMI is at the low level, it will be
brought into the manual reset state.
overflow
release of bus right.
acknowledge When receiving BACK signal, the device which outputs BREQ
No-maskable interrupt
output in the slave It indicates that interrupt occurs in the bus release mode.
mode
bus parity
bus parity
Invalid
signal can know that bus right is obtained.
between MD2 thru MD0 and operation modes are shown in the
following list.
This is the interrupt request terminal which can not be masked.
Either leading edge or trailing edge is selected for receiving.
8-bit size
(Continuing)
5 – 2
Page 59
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
HD6437021 (IC12) Terminal descriptions
Classification Code
Bus control WAIT 54 I Wait It is input to insert Tw into the bus cycle during access to the
RAS 52 O Low address strobe Timing signal of low address strobe of DRAM
CASH 47 O High-order column Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM
CASL 49 O Low-order column Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM
RD 57 O Read It indicates that outside is read out.
WRH 56 O High-order write It indicates writing at the external high-order 8 bits.
WRL 55 O Low-order write It indicates writing at the external low-order 8 bits.
CS0~CS7 46~49, O Chip select 0 thru 7 Chip select signal for external memory or device
AH 61 O Address hold Address hold timing signal for device which uses multiplex bus of
HBS, 20 O Low-/high-order byte Strobe signal of high/low byte
LBS 56 strobe (Commonly used with AO, WRH.)
WR 55 O Write Output during writing. (Commonly used with WRL.)
DMAC DREQ0, 66,68 I DMA transfer request Input terminal of DMA transfer request from external
16-bit TIOCA0, 51, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
integrated TIOCB0 53 capture/output
timer pulse unit conveyor (Channel 0)
(ITU)
Timing pattern TP15~ 100~93, O Timing pattern Output terminal of timing pattern
controller (TPC) TP0 91~89, Output 15 thru 0
Serial TxD0, 94, O Sending data Sending data output terminal of SCI0, 1
communication TxD1 96 (Channels 0 and 1
interface (SCI)
I/O port PA15~ 68~64, I/O Port A Input/output terminal of 16 bits
DREQ1 (Channels 0 and 1)
DACK0, 65,67 O DMA transfer request It indicates that DMA transfer request is received.
DACK1 receiving (Channels
TIOCA1, 62, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB1 64 capture/output
TIOCA2, 83, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB2 84 capture/output
TIOCA3, 85, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB3 86 capture/output
TIOCA4, 87, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB4 89 capture/output
TOCXA4, 90, O ITU output conveyor Output terminal of output conveyor
TOCXB4 91 (Channel 4)
TCLKA~ 65,66,90, I ITU timer clock input External clock input terminal to counter of ITU
TCLKD 91
RxD0, 93, I Receiving data Receiving data input terminal of SCI0, 1
RxD1 95 (Channels 0 and 1)
SCK0, 97, I/O Serial clock Clock input/output terminal of SCI0, 1
SCK1 98 (Channels 0 and 1)
PA0 62~60, Input/output can be assigned for each bit.
PB15~ 100~93, I/O Port B Input/output terminal of 16 bits
PB0 91~89, Input/output can be assigned for each bit.
Terminal No.
(TFP-100B)
51~54
87~83
58~51
87~83
I/O Name Function
external space.
address strobe It is output for access to high-order 8 bits of data.
address strobe It is output for access to low-order 8 bits of data.
address/data
0 and 1)
conveyor (Channel 1)
conveyor (Channel 2)
conveyor (Channel 3)
conveyor (Channel 4)
5 – 3
Page 60
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
(2) Image Memory Block
This block is composed of Memory PWB circuit.
Refer to [4] Circuit description of Memory PWB for the details.
(3) Back-up Circuit Block
This block is composed of SRAM (256KByte), Flash Memory (1MB)
and RTC (SM8578BV).
1) BS62LV1024SC-70 (IC15, IC21) ... pin32, SOP
This device is a 1Mbit SRAM.
The setting of receiving mode, optional setting content, soft switch content and dairy data are stored. Even if the power supply of the main
body is turned off, it is backed up with a lithium battery.
2) LH28F800SUT-70 (IC10) ... pin56, TSOP
This device is a 16Mbit flash memory of a nonvolatile type whose content does not volatilize even if power is turned off.
And it is stored the several initial data, as the telephone list etc.
3) SM8578BV (IC1): pin-8, SOP (Real Time Clock IC)
It is oscillated with the quartz oscillator of 32.768KHz, and the clock and
calendar functions are provided. Even if the power supply of the main
body is turned off, it is backed up with lithium battery. This device executes the clock-synchronous type serial communication with the Gate
Array (A), and CPU can know the time and date through the Gate Array
(A).
(4) Image Signal Process Block
(7) Gate Array (A) Block
This block is mainly composed of the Gate Array (A) (IC8: LZ9FJ59),
and has the following functions.
1
Mapper
Mapping is executed in the memory area of the memories, Gate
Array (B), Modem, CODEC and Reading Process LSI (LC82103).
2
Mechanical Control Block
Refer to 1) Mechanical Control Block of 2-(6) Reading Process
and Mechanical Control Block.
3
IC Interface for clock
Writing and reading to IC (IC1: SM8578BV) for clock is executed
in the clock-synchronous type serial transfer mode.
CIS
The CIS is driven by the LSI (LC82103), and the output video signal
from the CIS is input into the LC82103 through the amplifying circuit.
The ADC and buffer are provided in the LC82103, and the digital image
processing is performed.
VIDEO
SIGNAL
AMPLIFIER
CIRCUIT
CLOCK
Fig. 2
LC82103
(IC5)
VREF+
VREF—
(5) Speaker Amplifier Block
The speaker amplifier monitors the line under the on-hook mode, outputs the buzzer sound generated from the SH7021, ringer sound, DTMF
generated from the Line Control PWB, and line sound.
(6) Reading Process and Mechanical Control Block
1) Mechanical Control Block
The Mechanical Control Block is mainly composed of the Gate Array (A)
(IC8: LZ9FJ59) to control the following.
(a) Sending Motor Control
The revolution speed and timing of the Sending Motor are controlled to
output the control signals to the Motor Driver (IC7).
(b) End Stamp (OPTION:FO-45VS) and LED Lamp Control
On/off of the End Stamp and LED Lamp is controlled with the
software.
5 – 4
Page 61
LC82103 (IC5)
Type
I INPUT B BIDIRECTION NC NOT CONNECT
O OUTPUT P POWER
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
PIN I/O Name Function
1BD7
2BD6
3BD5
4BD4
5BD3
6BD2
7BD1
8BD0
9 P DGND Digital system ground pin.
10 P DVDD Digital system power supply pin.
11 I A8
12 I A7
13 I A6
14 I A5
15 I A4
16 I A3
17 P DGND Digital system ground pin.
18 I A2
19 I A1
20 I A0
21 I WR CPU interface write signal pin.
22 I RD CPU interface read signal pin.
23 I A12 CPU interface address bus pin.
24 P DVDD Digital system power supply pin.
25 I CLKIN System clock input pin.
26 I A11
27 I A10
28 I A9
29 I CS
30 I ICLK
31 I TRIG External trigger signal input pin.
32 I RESET System reset pin.
33 O SAMP/LININT
34 I TEST
35 I REF DRAM refresh signal input pin.
36 P AGND Analog system ground pin.
37 I DALRL
38 I DAHRL
39 I AIN Sensor signal input pin.
40 I TEMP Temperature signal input pin.
41 O ATAPH
42 I DAHRH
CPU interface data bus pin
D7 is the MSB pin, and D0 is the
LSB pin.
CPU interface address bus pin
A12 is the MSB pin, and A0 is the
LSB pin.
CPU interface address bus pin.
CPU interface address bus pin.
CPU interface chip select signal pin.
External sampling point signal input pin.
A/D converter sampling point monitor
signal output pin/LINE signal output pin.
Test pin (Connect to ground in normal use.)
D/A converter low reference voltage pin
for A/D converter low reference voltage.
D/A converter low reference voltage pin
for A/D converter high reference voltage.
D/A converter monitor signal output pin
for A/D converter high reference voltage.
D/A converter high reference voltage pin
for A/D converter high reference voltage.
PIN I/O Name Function
43 P AVDD Analog system power supply pin.
44 I DALRH
45 O ATAPL
46 P AGND Analog system ground pin.
47 B PD7/SD
48 B PD6/SDCK DMA output pin/serial data
49 P DGND Digital system ground pin.
50 B PD5/SDE DMA output pin/serial date
51 B PD4/PP4
52 B PD3/PP3
53 B PD2/PP2
54 B PD1/PP1
55 B PD0/PP0
56 P DVDD Digital system power supply pin.
57 B DACK/PP5
58 B DREQ/PP6 DMA data request signal output
59 B MTP/PP7 Motor drive timing signal output
60 O CLK2
61 O CLK1
62 O RS
63 O SH
64 P DGND Digital system ground pin.
D/A converter high reference voltage pin
for A/D converter low reference voltage.
D/A converter monitor signal output pin
for A/D converter low reference voltage.
DMA output pin/serial data output pin.
transmission clock pin.
output valid period signal pin.
DMA output pin/general-purpose
I/O port pin.
DMA data acknowledge signal input
pin/general-purpose I/O port pin.
pin/ general-purpose I/O port pin.
pin/ general-purpose I/O port pin.
Sensor drive timing signal output
pin.
Note : Not using the input pins must be connected to “Digital system power supply or ground”.
5 – 5
Page 62
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
LZ9FJ59 (IC8) Terminal list
PIN I/O Name Function
1 IO2M RTCDT RTC data input/output
2 O2M RTCCK RTC data transfer clock
3 O2M RTCCE RTC chip select
4 O2M RTCIO RTC input/output control
5 TO GAIN Output port
6 I MTSTART Input port
7 I LCINT
8 O2M XLCCS Chip select signal to LC82103
9 O AO9
10 O AO10
11 – GND Ground
12 O AO11
13 O AO12
14 O2M XLCRD Read signal to LC82103
15 O2M XLCWR Write signal to LC82103
16 O AO0
17 O AO1
18 O AO2
19 O AO3
20 – VDD Power supply
21 – GND Ground
22 O AO4
23 O AO5
24 O AO6
25 O AO7
26 O AO8
27 O CRNT Output port
28 – GND Ground
29 O TXB1 B-phase current control output 1
30 O TXB0 B-phase current control output 0
31 O TXA1 A-phase current control output 1
32 O TXA0 A-phase current control output 0
33 O TXPB B-phase current direction setting
34 O TXPA A-phase current direction setting
35 I A12 System address input
36 I A11 System address input
37 I A10 System address input
38 I A9 System address input
39 I A8 System address input
40 – GND Ground
41 ID QMPDRQ DMA request input (QM-coder)
42 O2M XQMPDAK
43 ID QMCDRQ DMA request input (QM-coder)
44 O2M XQMCDAK
45 O2M XQMRD Read signal to QM-coder
46 O2M XQMWR Write signal to QM-coder
47 O2M XQMCS Chip select signal to QM-coder
48 IO2M D15 System data input/output
49 IO2M D14 System data input/output
50 IO2M D13 System data input/output
Interrupt request signal from LC82103
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
DMA acknowledge output (QM-coder)
DMA acknowledge output (QM-coder)
PIN I/O Name Function
51 IO2M D12 System data input/output
52 IO2M D11 System data input/output
53 IO2M D10 System data input/output
54 I A7 System address input
55 I A6 System address input
56 I A5 System address input
57 I A4 System address input
58 I A3 System address input
59 I A2 System address input
60 IS SHCK Clock (19.6MHz) from CPU
61 – GND Ground
62 – VDD Power supply
63 I A1 System address input
64 I A0 System address input
65 IO2M D9 System data input/output
66 IO2M D8 System data input/output
67 IO2M D7 System data input/output
68 IO2M D6 System data input/output
69 IO2M D5 System data input/output
70 IO2M D4 System data input/output
71 IO2M D3 System data input/output
72 IO2M D2 System data input/output
73 IO2M D1 System data input/output
74 IO2M D0 System data input/output
75 – GND Ground
76 IS XRESET Reset signal
77 O2M XINT7 Interrupt request signal to CPU
78 O2M XINT4 Interrupt request signal to CPU
79 O2M XWAIT Wait request signal to CPU
80 I XRAS Input RAS signal from CPU
81 I A18 System address input
82 I A19 System address input
83 I A20 System address input
84 I A21 System address input
85 I XCS2 Chip select 2 signal input
86 I XCS6 Chip select 6 signal input
87 I XWRL
88 I XWRH
89 I XRD System read signal
90 I XDACK0
91 O2M XDREQ0 DMA request 0 output to CPU
92 I XDACK1
93 O2M XDREQ1 DMA request 1 output to CPU
94 O2M XGABCS Chip select (gate array B)
95 O2M XSRAMCS Chip select (SRAM)
96 O2M XPGMCS Chip select (ROM)
97 I XMDMINT
98 O2M XMDMCS Chip select (Modem)
99 O XMDMRST Modem reset output
100 – VDD Power supply
System write (high-order byte) signal
System write (low-order byte) signal
DMA acknowledge 0 input from CPU
DMA acknowledge 1 input from CPU
Interrupt request signal from Modem
5 – 6
Page 63
LZ9FJ59 (IC8) Terminal list
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
PIN I/O Name Function
101 – GND Ground
102 O2M XEXCS Chip select (spare)
103 I XCDCINT
104 I XCDCDRQ DMA request signal (CODEC)
105 O2M XCDCCS Chip select (CODEC)
106 O XWR System write output
107 O2M FLBK4 Bank control 4
108 O2M FLBK3 Bank control 3
109 O2M FLBK2 Bank control 2
110 O2M FLBK1 Bank control 1
111 IU XFLBSY Flash memory busy signal input
112 IU FLSZ0 Input port
113 IU FLSZ1 Input port
114 O2M XFLSTD Chip select (flash standard)
115 O2M XFLOPT Chip select (flash option)
116 IU XCI Input port
117 IU XRHS Input port
118 IU XEXHS Input port
119 TO DPON Output port
120 – GND Ground
121 TO TXMUTE Output port
122 IU HSDTCT Input port
123 TO MPXC Output port
124 TO MPXB Output port
125 TO DPMUTE Output port
126 IU PCDTCT Input port
127 TO FAXPCSL Output port
128 O2M XD9001CS Chip select (PC I/F D9001)
129 O2M XD9001RW Read signal to D9001 (PC I/F)
130 O2M XD9001WR Write signal to D9001 (PC I/F)
Interrupt request signal from CODEC
PIN I/O Name Function
131 O2M XD6004RD Read signal to D6004 (PC I/F)
132 O2M XD6004WR Write signal to D6004 (PC I/F)
133 O2M D6004ALE
134 – GND Ground
135 IO AD7 PC I/F address/data input/output
136 IO AD6 PC I/F address/data input/output
137 IO AD5 PC I/F address/data input/output
138 IO AD4 PC I/F address/data input/output
139 IO AD3 PC I/F address/data input/output
140 IO AD2 PC I/F address/data input/output
141 – GND Ground
142 – VDD Power supply
143 IS CK16M 16MHz clock input
144 ID TEST1 Test terminal
145 IO AD1 PC I/F address/data input/output
146 IO AD0 PC I/F address/data input/output
147 IU XB4FRS Input port
148 IU XFRSNS Input port
149 IU XORGSNS Input port
150 IU XROLSNS Input port
151 I PRTSNS1 Input port
152 TO CDCMSK Output port
153 TO PLG0ON Plunger 0 control
154 TO PLG1ON Plunger 1 control
155 TO LEDON CIS LED light source control
156 IU XEXINT0
157 IU XEXINT1 Interrupt request signal (spare)
158 I PCIFSL PC I/F select signal input
159 IO2M IOP0 Input port (spare)
160 – GND Ground
Address strobe signal to D6004 (PC I/F)
Interrupt request signal from PC I/F
I : Input terminal (TTL level input)
IS : Input terminal (TTL level schmitt input)
IU : Input terminal (TTL level input, pull up resistor 250 KΩ building in)
ID : Input terminal (TTL level input, pull down resistor 250 KΩ building in)
IO : Input/output terminal (TTL level input, output electric current: IOL=4.0 mA)
IO2M : Input/output terminal (TTL level input, output electric current : IOL=2.0 mA)
O : Output terminal (Output electric current: I OL=4.0 mA)
O2M : Output terminal (Output electric current: I OL=2.0 mA)
TO : Try-state output terminal (Output electric current: IOL=4.0 mA)
VDD : Power supply
GND : Ground
5 – 7
Page 64
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
(8) Gate Array (B) Block
The block is composed of the Gate Array (B) and SRAM (2 KByte).
1) LR38292(IC22) ... pin-160, QFP (Gate Array B)
The device has the following functions.
1
Printing Data Process
The image data of the page memory for printing is converted into
400 dpi, and the smoothing and contracting processes are applied.
2
Printer (PCU) Interface
The control of resetting and so on to PCU and the image data processed in Item 1 above are synchronized with the signal (HSYNC)
from PCU and are transmitted to PCU in the serial mode.
3
DMA Controller
(a)The binary-coded data of the draft transmitted in the serial mode
from the Gate Array (A) LZ9FJ59(IC8) and read with the scanner
are transmitted to the page memory.
(b) The image data which will be printed are read from the page
memory, and the process 1 is applied to transmit the data to
PCU in the serial mode.
4
CODEC (HD813201F) Interface
(a)The timing is controlled for CPU to get an access to CODEC.
(b)The timing is controlled for CODEC to get an access to the page
memory.
5
DRAM Controller
Since DRAM is used for the page memory, and the address, RAS
and CAS are controlled and refresh-controlled.
6
Panel Interface
The key input detection on the operation panel, LED lighting control
and LCD display control are executed.
2) LH5116NA-10 (IC30) -- pin-24, SOP (16-Kbit SRAM)
This SRAM is a line memory for the printing data process (resolution
power conversion, smoothing and contracting to 404 dpi) of the Gate
Array (B).
LR38292 (IC22) Terminal descriptions
Pin Name I/O Function
20 VCC Power supply
62 VCC
100 VCC
142 VCC
16 GND Ground
21 GND
35 GND
48 GND
61 GND
78 GND
87 GND
101 GND
125 GND
134 GND
143 GND
65 MANRESB O Manual reset signal
66 RESETB I Reset signal
89 A5 I Address signal on the system side
90 A4
91 A3
92 A2
93 A1
70 D15 I/O Data bus signal on the system side
71 D14
72 D13
73 D12
74 D11
75 D10
76 D9
77 D8
79 D7
80 D6
81 D5
82 D4
83 D3
84 D2
85 D1
86 D0
88 CSB I
97 RDB I Read signal on the system bus side
98 WRB I Write signal on the system bus side
115 SHCK0B O
116 SHCK I Clock (19.6 MHz) from CPU
95 GAINTB O
94 CDCINTB O
96 DREQ0B O Reversion output (to CPU) of DMA
99 RSTCDCB O Reset signal to HD813201F (Default:
102 CDCINT I
103 BRQT I Bus right request signal of image bus
104 BACKB O
105 DRQ0 I DMA transfer request signal from
106 DACK0B O
107 CSCDCB I Chip select signal to HD813201F
108 MDENB I
109 READY O
110 MAS I
Chip select signal of gate array LR38292
Reversion output of clock (SHCK) from
CPU
Interrupt request signal to CPU of gate
array LR38292
Reversion output (to CPU) of interrupt
request signal from HD813201F
transfer request signal from HD813201F
Low)
Interrupt request signal from HD813201F
from HD813201F
Bus right permission signal of image bus
to HD813201F
HD813201F
Acknowledge signal of DMA transfer to
HD813201F
Data enable signal of image bus from
HD813201F
Ready signal of image bus access to
HD813201F
Address strobe signal of image bus of
HD813201F
5 – 8
Page 65
LR38292 (IC22) Terminal descriptions
Pin Name I/O Function
111 MAENB I
112 CK16M I 16 MHz clock input
113 RDCDC O Register read signal (active H) of
114 RDCDCB O Register read signal (active L) of
139 MA20 I Address of image bus of HD813201F
138 MA19
137 MA18
136 MA17
135 MA16
133 MAD15 I/O Address/data of image bus of
132 MAD14 HD813201F
131 MAD13 Input mode is selected when
130 MAD12
129 MAD11 bus (MAENB=L).
128 MAD10
127 MAD9
126 MAD8 an access to the image bus.
124 MAD7
123 MAD6
122 MAD5
121 MAD4
120 MAD3
119 MAD2
118 MAD1
117 MAD0
155 DA11 I/O Address bus to memory of image bus
154 DA10 (page memory)
153 DA9
152 DA8
151 DA7 MAD15 thru MAD1 are converted to
150 DA6 Row/Column address in the page
149 DA5 memory (DRAM) and output.
148 DA4 When gate array LR38292 gets an
147 DA3
146 DA2
145 DA1 (DRAM).
144 DA0
156 DWEB O
157 RAS1B O
158 RAS0B O
159 CASB O
140 DRMSIZE I
141 DRMTYPE I Setting of type of memory (page
67 STVDB I
68 SRVID I Serial scanner data
69 SCCLK I Serial scanner data transfer clock
51 PCURESB O Reset signal for printer unit
52 HSYNC I
53 EPRDYB I
54 PRRDYB I
55 TODB I Sub-scanning synchronous signal to
Address enable signal of image bus of
HD813201F
HD813201F of CPU
HD813201F of CPU
HD813201F gets an access to image
Data bus to memory (page memory) is
selected when gate array LR38292 gets
When HD813201F gets an access to the
image bus, address of MA21 thru MA16,
access to the image bus, Row/Column
address is output to the page memory
Write signal to memory (page memory:
DRAM) of image bus
RAS1 signal to memory (page memory:
DRAM) of image bus
RAS0 signal to memory (page memory:
DRAM) of image bus
CAS signal to memory (page memory:
DRAM) of image bus
Setting of size of memory (page memory:
DRAM) of image bus
Low: 16 Mbits
High: 12 Mbits
memory: DRAM) of image bus
Low: Address 8-bit type
High: address 12-bit type
(Valid only for DRMSIZE=L. Don’t care
for DRMSIZE=H.)
Serial scanner data valid range signal
Main scanning synchronous signal from
printer unit
Communication ready signal from printer
unit
Printing operation ready signal of printer
unit
printer unit
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Pin Name I/O Function
56 ETBSYB I Status sending signal of printer unit
57 CTBSYB O
58 PRINTB O
59 PDATA O Printing image data to printer unit
60 CPRDYB O
63 XIN I
64 XOUT O
38 LMA10 O Address bus of line memory for
37 LMA9 smoothing/contracting
36 LMA8
34 LMA7
33 LMA6
32 LMA5
31 LMA4
30 LMA3
29 LMA2
28 LMA1
27 LMA0
40 LMD7 O Data bus of line memory for
41 LMD6 smoothing/contracting
42 LMD5
43 LMD4
44 LMD3
45 LMD2
46 LMD1
47 LMD0
39 LMWEB
26 LD15 I/O
25 LD14
24 LD13
23 LD12
22 LD11
19 LD10
18 LD9
17 LD8
15 LD7
14 LD6
13 LD5
12 LD4
11 LD3
10 LD2
9 LD1
8 LD0
160 SEN7 I
1 SEN6
2 SEN5
3 SEN4
4 SEN3
5 SEN2
6 SEN1
7 SEN0
49 MEMTST I Terminal for device test of integrated
50 TEST I
Command sending signal to printer unit
Printing start/continuation signal to printer
unit
Communication ready signal to printer
unit
Clock input (quartz oscillator connection)
Clock output (quartz oscillator connection)
Control/data bus and LED on/off control
signal to key scan and LCD driver on the
operation panel
Key input detection signal of operation
panel
memory
Low is set except in the device test mode.
Terminal for device test
Low is set except in the device test mode.
5 – 9
Page 66
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
(9) CODEC Block
This block is composed of CODEC, LS374 and LS244 in order to demodulate the contracted image data of the draft read with the scanner
and the letter image transmitted in the DMA mode from the system
memory.
1) HD813201F (IC26) ... pin-80, 6FP (CODEC)
It operates at 16 MHz corresponding to the crystal oscillator (X5) of 16
MHz.
The image memory is commonly used as the page memory. The image
data of the draft read with the scanner in the page memory is contracted
by MMR, and is transferred to the system memory (DRAM: IC13) by the
DMA transfer function of CPU. Moreover, the image data transferred in
the DMA mode from the system memory are demodulated with MMR,
and are developed into the page memory.
2) HD74LS374 (IC14) ... pin-20, SOP
The data hold time during writing from Main CPU to HD813201F is assured.
3) HD74LS244 (IC20) ... pin-20, SOP
When the Main CPU reads the inner register of HD813201F, it will read
the data through this buffer.
A0 ~ A2
D0 ~ D7
DRQTO
DACKIN
CLKI
CKTST0
SYSTEM
BUS
INTERFACE
CIRCUIT
PLL
E-FIFOAch
E-FIFOBch
D-FIFOAch
D-FIFOBch
MICRO
PROGRAM
CONTROLLER
PROCESSING UNIT
CODE
TABLE
ROM
PIXEL VARIATION
IMAGE DATA
DEMODULATING
CIRCUIT
DETECTION
CIRCUIT
IMAGE BUS
INTERFACE
IMAGE BUS
CONTROLLER
IMAGE
BUS
BUFFER
CONTINUOUS
EOL
DETECTION
CIRCUIT
BRQT
BACLN
DRQTI
DACKON
MA16 ~ 21
MA/MD0 ~ 15
RTCL/RTCH
DBR
CODER & DECODER
Fig. 3
5 – 10
Page 67
HD813201F (IC26) Terminal descriptions
Code Terminal No. I/O Function
68/80 56 I If this terminal is at "low" level, it indicates that MPU of system 88 is connected
A0 57 I
A1 54
A2 55
D0 64 I/O,
D1 62
D2 65
D3 63
D4 67
D5 66
D6 68
D7 69
CS 44 I Chip select (chip select terminal). When the terminal is at "low" level, it indicates
DS 45 I Data strobe (data strobe terminal). Connect φ2 clock pin of MPU of system 88 or
R/W 42 I Read/write (read/write terminal). Connect R/W pin of MPU of system 88 or WR
RESET 59 I Reset element. If the signal of "low" level is input to the terminal, IDP201 will be
IRQT 58 O Interrupt request (interrupt request terminal). When the signal of "high" level is
DRQTO 47 O DMA Request Output (DMA request output terminal). In the following cases,
DACKI 46 I DMA Acknowledge Input (DMA acknowledge input terminal)
BRQT 52 O Bus Request (Bus request terminal). IDP201 outputs the signal of "high" level
BACK 48 I Bus Acknowledge (bus acknowledge terminal). The response signal for BRQT is
MAEN 76 O Memory Address Enable (Memory address enable terminal). IDP201 outputs the
Three-state output
to IDP201. "High" level indicates that MPU of system 80 is connected.
Addresses 0 thru 2 (address terminals). It is connected to the low-order 3 bits of
the system address bus, and MPU is used to get an access to the internal
register of IDP201.
Data 0 thru 7 (data terminals). They are connected to the system data bus for
bidirectional data transfer between MPU and IDP201. MPU can read and write
the internal register of IDP201.
that MPU gets an access to the internal register of IDP201.
RD pin of MPU of system 80.
pin of MPU of system 80.
initialized.
output, IDP201 requests the interrupt process for MPU.
The factor of the interrupt is the end of the command process, the end of DMA
transfer, occurrence of an error during demodulation or the receiving of RTC
code.
MPU reads IRR (interrupt request register) which is one of the internal registers
of IDP201, and can know the factor of the interrupt. When MPU reads IRR,
IRQT becomes "low" level.
(For details of IRR, refer to "8.1.2 Interrupt request register".)
DMA transfer can be requested for DMAC by turning DRQTO to "high".
(1) During coding, a code of 1 byte or more is stored in E-FIFO.
(2) During decoding, an empty area of 1 byte or more is present.
(3) During data transfer between the system bus and image bus, DBR is
read to read or write.
The response signal for DRQTO is input. If DACKI becomes "low" level during
coding or decoding, the access is given to E-FIFO or D-FIFO. If DACKI becomes
"low" level during data transfer between system bus and image bus, the access
is given to DBR.
Don’t make CS and DACKI "low" at the same time.
from BRQT, and IDP201 requests the bus master for the device which can
become another bus master on the image bus. If any other device which can
become the bus master on the image bus, BRQT becomes the NC pin.
input. If the signal of "low" level is input to BACK, it indicates that it is approved
for IDP201 to become the bus master of the image bus. If any other bus master
which can become the bus master is not present except IDP201, fix this terminal
at "low".
signal of "low" level from MAEN to declare that it becomes the bus master of the
image bus. When MAEN is at "high", the three-state output which is connected
to the image bus becomes all into the high impedance state.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
5 – 11
Page 68
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
HD813201F (IC26) Terminal descriptions
Code Terminal No. I/O Function
MAS 74 O Memory Address Strobe (Memory address strobe terminal). When MAS
UDS 27 Three-state output Upper Data Strobe (high-order data strobe terminal). When UDS becomes "low"
LDS 23 Three-state output Upper Data Strobe (low-order data strobe terminal). When LDS becomes "low"
MDEN 25 O Memory Data Bus Enable (Memory data bus enable terminal). When MDEN
MA/MD 0 79 I/O,
MA/MD 1 77
MA/MD 2 3
MA/MD 3 78
MA/MD 4 5
MA/MD 5 2
MA/MD 6 6
MA/MD 7 4
MA/MD 8 8
MA/MD 9 7
MA/MD10 12
MA/MD11 9
MA/MD12 14
MA/MD13 13
MA/MD14 15
MA/MD15 16
MA16 71 Three-state output
MA17 11
MA18 30
MA19 31
MA20 50
MA21 51
MR 26 Three-state output Memory Read (Memory read terminal). When MR is turned to "low" level,
MW 28 Three-state output Memory Write (memory write terminal). When MW is turned to "low" level,
IOR 35 Three-state output I/O Read (I/O read terminal). When IOR is turned to "low" level, IDP201 reads
IOW 36 Three-state output I/O Write (I/O write terminal). When IOW is turned to "low" level, IDP201 writes
DRQTI 39 I DMA Request Input (DMA request input terminal). When I/O device on the
DACKO 38 O DMA Acknowledge Output (DMA acknowledge output terminal). When this
DMA 32 O Direct Memory Access (Direct memory access terminal). When DMA output is
Three-state output
becomes "high" level, it indicates that address is output to MA/MD0 thru
MA/MD15 and MA16 thru MA21.
level, it indicates that IDP201 uses the high-order byte of the image bus.
level, it indicates that IDP201 uses the low-order byte of the image bus.
output terminal becomes "low" level, it indicates that valid data are present in
MA/MD0 thru MA/MD15. This output terminal is used to control the output of the
bidirectional bus buffer on MA/MD0 thru MA/MD15.
Memory Address Data Bus 0 thru 15 (Memory address data bus). In this bus for
image bus operation, the address and data are multiplexed. MA/MD0 thru
MA/MD15 are used as follows.
(1)When MAEN is "low" and MAS is "high", it is used as the output address line.
(2)When both MAEN and MDEN are "low" in the reading cycle, it is used as the
input data line.
(3)When both MAEN and MDEN are "low" in the writing cycle, it is used as the
input data line.
Memory Address Bus 16 thru 21 (memory address bus). When MAEN is "low"
and MAS is "high", it is used as the output address line.
IDP201 reads the data from the image memory.
IDP201 writes the data in the image memory.
the data from I/O device on the image bus. However, it is limited at DMA transfer
during data transfer with the transfer command and the coding process.
the data in I/O device on the image bus. However, it is limited at DMA transfer
during data transfer with the transfer command and the decoding process.
image bus requests DMA for IDP201, DRQTI becomes "high" level.
output terminal is turned to "low" level, IDP201 informs to the peripheral
devices on the image bus that DMA operation is approved.
turned to "low", it indicates that DMA transfer is executed.
In the coding process, the data is transferred from the I/O device (scanner) to
the image memory.
In the decoding process, the data is transferred from the image memory to
I/O device (printer).
5 – 12
Page 69
HD813201F (IC26) Terminal descriptions
Code Terminal No. I/O Function
DTC 37 O DMA Terminal Count (DMA terminal count terminal). When DTC output is turned
READY 73 I Image memory or I/O device read. When READY is turned to "high" during
VDD 1 29 I Power voltage (+5V)
VDD 249 I
V
372 I
DD
V
110 I
SS
V
2 17 I Ground
SS
V
334 I
SS
V
453 I
SS
V
570 I
SS
V
675 I
SS
TEST 0 18 I Fix these terminals at "low".
TEST 1 22 I
TEST 2 24 I
TEST 3 33 I
TEST 4 43 I
to "high", it indicates that DMA transfer of the setting line part is ended.
writing, it indicates that the image memory or I/O device is ready for
transmitting/receiving the data.
When READY is "high", IDP201 will wait until READY becomes "high".
<Power terminal>
<Other>
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Code Terminal No. I/O Name and function
CLKI 19 I Quartz oscillation input terminal and external clock input terminal.
CLKX 20 O Quartz oscillation output terminal.
CKTST1 1 I Low pass filter terminal of PLL circuit.
Connected to capacitor (1000pF) and resistor (10kΩ) through GND.
CLKMOD 40 I Terminal to switch quartz oscillation connection or external clock input mode.
"0": Quartz oscillation.
"1": External clock.
CKTST0 41 I Fix at "LOW" level.
CLKO 21 O Clock output terminal. Rectangular wave which is synchronous with the internal
clock of IDP201 is output.
CKTST2 80 I Fix at "LOW" level.
Code Terminal No. I/O Name and function
RTCH 60 O Number of transfers of EOL detected by IDP201 during RTC receiving is
RTCL 61 O
reflected at the terminal.
(10) Page Memory Block
The Page Memory Block is composed of one DRAM of 1M × 16 bits,
being commonly used as the Image Memory. The memory is divided
into the Page Memory for the scanner and the Page Memory for printing.
The Page Memory for scanner is composed of the partial area of IC23.
The image data of approx. one page (except in the super fine mode) of
the draft read with the scanner can be stored. They are stored until they
are contracted by CODEC.
The Page Memory for printing is composed of the remaining areas of
IC23 and can store approx. one page of the image data decoded by
CODEC. The data are stored until they are transferred to PCU with the
Gate Array (B) and printed.
5 – 13
Page 70
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
(11) Driver Block
Sending Motor Driver (IC7: LB1845) ---- 28-pin DIP
This IC driver at the sending motor at the constant current with the bipolar, chopper system.
OUT1B
OUT1A
VBB
OUT2B
OUT2A
VCC
PHASE1
VREF1
ENABLE1
671 8 9
28
OUTPUT
BLOCK
TSD
—
25
+
26
—
24
+
—
22
I01
+
OUTPUT
BLOCK
CURRENT CONTROL
BLOCK
—
+
14
CURRENT CONTROL
BLOCK
OUTPUT
BLOCK
OUTPUT
BLOCK
—
PHASE2
18
+
17
VREF2
—
ENABLE2
19
+
—
21
I02
+
OUTPUT
BLOCK
OUTPUT
BLOCK
ONE
SHOT
OUTPUT
BLOCK
OUTPUT
BLOCK
ONE
SHOT
—
+
I11
+
3 2 27 11 15 16 12 13
E1
SENSE1
—
23
[Truth Table]
ENABLE PHASE OUTA OUTB
LHHL
LLLH
H – OFF OFF
I0 I1 Output Current
L L Vref/ (10 x RE) = IOUT
H L Vref/ (15 x RE) = IOUT x 2/3
L H Vref/ (30 x RE) = IOUT x 1/3
HH 0
Note: When ENABLE = H or I0 = I1 = H, the output is in OFF state.
RC1
4
D-GND
Fig. 4
GND
RC2
—
I12
20
+
E2
SENSE2
5 – 14
Page 71
[Pin Functions]
Pin name Pin No. Pin Description
VBB 1, 14 Output stage power-supply voltage
SENSE1 2 Set current detection pins.
SENSE2 13 Connect these pins, fed back through noise filters, to E1, and E2.
E1 3 Current control pins by connecting between this pin and GND.
E2 12
DGND 4,11 Internal diode anode connection
OUT1B 6
OUT1A 7 Output pins
OUT2B 8
OUT2A 9
GND 15 Ground
RC1 27 Used to set the output off time for the switched output signals.
RC2 16 The fixed off times are set by the capacitors and resistors connected to these pins. t off CR
Vref1 26 Output current settings
Vref2 17 The output current is determined by the voltage (in the range 1.5 to 7.5V) input to these pins.
PHASE1 25 Output phase switching inputs.
PHASE2 18 [H] input : OUT A = high, OUT B = low
[L] input : OUT A = low, OUT B = high
ENABLE1 24 Output on/off settings
ENABLE2 19 [H] input : output OFF
[L] input : output ON
I01, I11 22, 23 Digital inputs that set the output current
I02, I12 21, 20 The output currents can be set to 1/3, 2/3, or full by setting these pins to appropriate combinations of high and low levels.
VCC 28 Logic block power supply.
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
(12) DPRAM I/F Block
The Main CPU communicates with the Sub CPU on the Line Control
PWB by the DPRAM.
This block functions for handshaking with the DPRAM.
5 – 15
Page 72
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
[3] Circuit description of Line Control PWB
1. General description
The Line Control PWB is composed of the following blocks.
1
Sub CPU Block
2
Modem Block
3
Sub EPROM, DRAM Block
4
Dual Port RAM Block
5
Connector Block (CNSUB)
6
Sub Access Control Block
(1) Sub CPU Block
The Sub Control Block uses RISC microprocessor HD6437021 as CPU,
being composed of ROM (1 MByte) and DRAM (2 MByte).
1) HD6437021 (IC15): pin-100, QFP (Main CPU)
The device is a microprocessor which integrates the peripheral functions, using CPU of 32-bit RISC type as the core. In the instrument, the
following peripheral functions are mainly used.
1
ROM of 32 KByte and RAM of 1 KByte are integrated.
A part of programs are stored in the integrated ROM.
2
DMA Controller (4 channels are provided, and 2 channels alone are
used.)
ch.0: Used to transmit coding image data between QM-CODER (IC3)
and DRAM(IC10).
ch.1: Used to transmit image data between QM-CODER and
DRAM(IC10).
3
Clock-synchronous type serial communication interface commands
and statuses are communicated with PCU.
4
Interruption
IRQ4: Interruption request from Gate Array (A) (LZ9FJ59)
IRQ6: Interruption request from Modem.
IRQ7: Interruption request from Dual Port RAM.
IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ2, IRQ3, IRQ5: Not used.
NMI : Not used.
5
DRAM Controller
Addressing to DRAM(IC10) of the system and control and refresh
control of RAS and CAS signals are executed.
6
Timer and Watch Dog Timer
7
General-purpose I/O Port
Control of LIU are executed.
8
Clock Oscillation
Ceramic oscillator of 19.66 MHz is connected for operation of 19.66
MHz.
7
Gate Array (A) Block
8
JBIG Block
5 – 16
Page 73
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
HD6437021 (IC15) Terminal descriptions
Classification Code
Power Vcc 13, 38, 63, I Power Connect to the power supply.
Vss 4,15,24,32, I Ground Connect to the ground.
Clock EXTAL 71 I External clock Connect to the quartz oscillator. Moreover, EXTAL terminal can
XTAL 72 I Crystal Connect the quartz oscillator. Connect the same frequency of the
CK 69 O System clock Supply system clock to the peripheral device.
System control RES 76 I Reset If this terminal is turned to the low level when NMI is at the high
WDTOVF 75 O Watch dog timer It is overflow output signal from WDT.
BREQ 60 I Bus right request Select the low level to make the external device request the
BACK 58 O Bus right request It indicates that the bus right is released to the external device.
Operation MD2~ 79~77 I Mode setting The terminal determines the operation mode.
mode control MD0 During operation, don’t vary any input value. The relationship
Interrupt NMI 74 I
IRQ0~ 65,66,67,68, I Interrupt request 0 This is the interrupt request terminal which can be masked.
IRQ7 97,98,99,100 thru 7 Either level input or edge input can be selected.
IRQOUT 61 O Interrupt request It indicates that a factor of interrupt occurs.
Address A21~A0 45~42,40,39, O Address Address is output.
Data bus AD15~ 19~16,14, I/O Data bus Bidirectional data bus of 16 bits
AD0 12~5,3~1 Multiplex is possible with the low-order 16 bits of the address.
DPH 64 I/O High-order side data Parity data corresponds to D15 thru D8.
DPL 62 I/O Low-order side data Parity data corresponds to D7 thru D0.
Relationship between MD2 thru MD0 and operation modes
MD2 MD1 MD0 Operation mode Integrated ROM Bus width of area 0
000
0 0 1 MCU mode 16-bit size
0 1 0 Valid —
0 1 1 (Reserved) — —
1 0 0 (Reserved) — —
1 0 1 (Reserved) — —
1 1 0 (Reserved) — —
1 1 1 (Reserved) — —
Terminal No.
(TFP-100B)
73, 80, 88 Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems.
41,50,59,70, Connect Vcc terminals to the power units of all systems.
81,82, 92 If any open terminal is present, it will not operate.
37~33,31~25,
23~20
I/O Name Function
If any open terminal is present, it will not operate
input the external clock.
Use the same frequency for the quartz oscillator, external clock
and system clock.
system clock (CK).
To input external clock from EXTAL terminal, open EXTAL
terminal.
level, it will be brought into the power-on state. If this terminal is
turned to the low level when NMI is at the low level, it will be
brought into the manual reset state.
overflow
release of bus right.
acknowledge When receiving BACK signal, the device which outputs BREQ
No-maskable interrupt
output in the slave It indicates that interrupt occurs in the bus release mode.
mode
bus parity
bus parity
Invalid
signal can know that bus right is obtained.
between MD2 thru MD0 and operation modes are shown in the
following list.
This is the interrupt request terminal which can not be masked.
Either leading edge or trailing edge is selected for receiving.
8-bit size
(Continuing)
5 – 17
Page 74
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
HD6437021 (IC15) Terminal descriptions
Classification Code
Bus control WAIT 54 I Wait It is input to insert Tw into the bus cycle during access to the
RAS 52 O Low address strobe Timing signal of low address strobe of DRAM
CASH 47 O High-order column Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM
CASL 49 O Low-order column Timing signal of column address strobe of DRAM
RD 57 O Read It indicates that outside is read out.
WRH 56 O High-order write It indicates writing at the external high-order 8 bits.
WRL 55 O Low-order write It indicates writing at the external low-order 8 bits.
CS0~CS7 46~49, O Chip select 0 thru 7 Chip select signal for external memory or device
AH 61 O Address hold Address hold timing signal for device which uses multiplex bus of
HBS, 20 O Low-/high-order byte Strobe signal of high/low byte
LBS 56 strobe (Commonly used with AO, WRH.)
WR 55 O Write Output during writing. (Commonly used with WRL.)
DMAC DREQ0, 66,68 I DMA transfer request Input terminal of DMA transfer request from external
16-bit TIOCA0, 51, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
integrated TIOCB0 53 capture/output
timer pulse unit conveyor (Channel 0)
(ITU)
Timing pattern TP15~ 100~93, O Timing pattern Output terminal of timing pattern
controller (TPC) TP0 91~89, Output 15 thru 0
Serial TxD0, 94, O Sending data Sending data output terminal of SCI0, 1
communication TxD1 96 (Channels 0 and 1
interface (SCI)
I/O port PA15~ 68~64, I/O Port A Input/output terminal of 16 bits
DREQ1 (Channels 0 and 1)
DACK0, 65,67 O DMA transfer request It indicates that DMA transfer request is received.
DACK1 receiving (Channels
TIOCA1, 62, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB1 64 capture/output
TIOCA2, 83, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB2 84 capture/output
TIOCA3, 85, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB3 86 capture/output
TIOCA4, 87, I/O ITU input Output terminal of input capture input/output conveyor
TIOCB4 89 capture/output
TOCXA4, 90, O ITU output conveyor Output terminal of output conveyor
TOCXB4 91 (Channel 4)
TCLKA~ 65,66,90, I ITU timer clock input External clock input terminal to counter of ITU
TCLKD 91
RxD0, 93, I Receiving data Receiving data input terminal of SCI0, 1
RxD1 95 (Channels 0 and 1)
SCK0, 97, I/O Serial clock Clock input/output terminal of SCI0, 1
SCK1 98 (Channels 0 and 1)
PA0 62~60, Input/output can be assigned for each bit.
PB15~ 100~93, I/O Port B Input/output terminal of 16 bits
PB0 91~89, Input/output can be assigned for each bit.
Terminal No.
(TFP-100B)
51~54
87~83
58~51
87~83
I/O Name Function
external space.
address strobe It is output for access to high-order 8 bits of data.
address strobe It is output for access to low-order 8 bits of data.
address/data
0 and 1)
conveyor (Channel 1)
conveyor (Channel 2)
conveyor (Channel 3)
conveyor (Channel 4)
5 – 18
Page 75
(2) Modem Block
The block is mainly composed of the modem R288F (IC1), and is provided with the following modem function.
Table 1-1. Configurations, Signaling Rates, and Data Rates
Carrier Frequency Data Rate (bps) Symbol Rate Bits/Symbol - Bits/Symbol - Constellation
Configuration Modulation 1 (Hz) ± 0.01% ± 0.01% (Symbols/Sec.) Data TCM Points
V. 34 33600 TCM TCM Note 2 33600 3429 only Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 31200 TCM TCM Note 2 31200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 28800 TCM TCM Note 2 28800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 26400 TCM TCM Note 2 26400 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 24000 TCM TCM Note 2 24000 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 21600 TCM TCM Note 2 21600 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 19200 TCM TCM Note 2 19200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 16800 TCM TCM Note 2 16800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 14400 TCM TCM Note 2 14400 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 12000 TCM TCM Note 2 12000 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 9600 TCM TCM Note 2 9600 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 7200 TCM TCM Note 2 7200 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 4800 TCM TCM Note 2 4800 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 34 2400 TCM TCM Note 2 2400 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
V. 23 1200/75 FSK 1700/420 1200/75 1200 1 0 –
V. 21 FSK 1080/1750 0-300 300 1 0 –
V. 17 14400 TCM TCM 1800 14400 2400 6 1 128
V. 17 12000 TCM TCM 1800 12000 2400 5 1 64
V. 17 9600 TCM TCM 1800 9600 2400 4 1 32
V. 7200 TCM TCM 1800 7200 2400 3 1 16
V. 29 9600 QAM 1700 9600 2400 4 0 16
V. 29 7200 QAM 1700 7200 2400 3 0 8
V. 29 4800 QAM 1700 4800 2400 2 0 4
V. 27 4800 DPSK 1800 4800 1600 3 0 8
V. 27 2400 DPSK 1800 2400 1200 2 0 4
V. 21 Channel 2 FSK 1750 300 300 1 0 –
Notes:
1. Modulation legend: TCM: Trellis-Coded Modulation QAM: Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
FSK: Frequency Shift Keying DPSK: Differential Phase Shift Keying
2. Adaptive; established during handshake:
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Symbol Rate (Baud) V. 34 Low Carrier V.34 High Carrier
2400 1600 1800
2800 1680 1867
3000 1800 2000
3200 1829 1920
3429 1959 1959
Carrier Frequency (Hz)
5 – 19
Page 76
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Table 2-1. MDP Pin Signals -68- Pin PLCC
Pin Signal Label I/O Type Interface 3 Pin Signal Label I/O Type Interface
1NC NC
2NC – –
3NC – –
4NC – –
5 –RI/TXRQ OA
6 RINGD IA LIU: RINGD
7 –RTS IA DTE serial Interface
8 IRQ OA Host Parallel Interface
9 D1 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
10 DGND1 GND
11 VDD1 PWR
12 XTLI I Crystal/Clock Circuit
13 XTLO O Crystal/Clock Circuit
14 D0 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
15 D2 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
16 D3 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
17 D5 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
18 D7 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
19 DGND2 GND
20 RS0 IA Host Parallel Interface
21 5VA PWR
22 AGND1 GND
23 RIN I(DA) Line Interface
24 VC MI T
25 VREF MI
26 TXA2 O (DD) Line Interface
27 TXA1 O (DD) Line Interface
28 –TALK (–RLYB) OA Line Interface
29 SPKR O (DF) Speaker Circuit
30 AGND2 GND
31 –OHRC (–RLYA) OD Line Interface
32 –POR MI MDP: –RESET
33 NC – –
34 –DTR IA DTE Serial Interface
DTE Serial/DMA Interface
o GND through capacitors
To VC through capacitors
35 RXD OA DTE Serial Interface
36 VDD2 PWR
37 –CTS OA DTE Serial Interface
38 NC – –
39 NC – –
40 DGND3 GND –
41 VDD3 PWR –
42 NC – –
43 DGND4 GND –
44 NC – –
45 NC – –
46 EYESYNC OA
47 –EYECLK OA
48 EYEXY OA
49 NC – –
50 TDCLK OA DTE Serial Interface
51 –RLSD OA DTE Serial Interface
52 –RDCLK OA DTE Serial Interface
53 GP0 MI MDP: EYESYNC
54 XTCLK IA DTE Serial Interface
55 DGND5 GND
56 VDD4 PWR
57 TXD IA DTE Serial Interface
58 –DSR/RXRQ OA
59 –RESET OA Host Parallel Interface
60 –READ IA Host Parallel Interface
61 –WRITE IA Host Parallel Interface
62 –CS IA Host Parallel Interface
63 RS4 IA Host Parallel Interface
64 RS3 IA Host Parallel Interface
65 RS2 IA Host Parallel Interface
66 RS1 IA Host Parallel Interface
67 D6 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
68 D4 IA/OB Host Parallel Interface
Eye Pattern Test Circuit
Eye Pattern Test Circuit
Eye Pattern Test Circuit
DTE Serial/DMA Interface
Notes:
1. I/O types:
MI= Modem interconnect.
IA, IB= Digital input
OA, OB = Digital output
I (DA) = Analog input
O (DD), O (DF) = Analog output
2. NC= No external connection allowed
3. Interface Legend:
MDP = Modem Data Pump
DTE = Data Terminal Equipment
5 – 20
Page 77
The above functions are controlled by getting an access to the Interface
Memory in the Modem through the data bus from CPU (IC15) of the
Main Control PWB. The Interface Memory is composed of 32 8-bit registers, and is controlled with the bank switch. Accordingly , the register is
selected by the register selection signals (RS4 to RS0) of 5 bits and chip
selection signal (CS). The major content controlled by these registers is
as follows.
1) Configuration Register
Mode setting of V34, V17, V29, V27, G2, FSK and tone transmission.
2) Option Register
Equalizing method of equalizer, carrier detection threshold, addition of
echo suppressor protect tone, and setting of transmission/reception
mode.
3) Others
G2AGC control, tone frequency setting, and so on.
Moreover, data is read from these registers through the data bus to
monitor the statuses of the modem such as tone detection, training pattern detection and so on.
Next, transmission/reception operation is described.
During sending, the sent data is given from the Control Block to the
Modem through the data bus. Then, it is modulated and sent to LIU
PWB with SIGTX signal. During receiving, the received data is sent from
LIU PWB to the Modem with SIGRX signal and is demodulated. Then, it
is sent to the Control Block with the data bus. The above operation is
done with the Modem LSI (IC).
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
(7) Gate Array (A) Block
This block is mainly composed of the Gate Array (A) (IC5: LZ9FJ59),
and has the following functions.
1
Mapper
Mapping is executed in the memory area of the memories, Gate Array (B), Modem, CODEC and Reading Process LSI (LC82103).
2
LSI Interface for QM-CODER
Control of QM-CODER LSI.
3
I/O PORT
LIU control, and Speaker Volume Control (only Line-1 Control PWB)
(3) Sub ROM, DRAM Block
1) 27C4002 (IC14): pin-40, DIP (ROM)
Programs are stored in two 4 Mbit ROM.
2) HY5118164 or MSM5118165 (IC10): pin-42, SOJ (DRAM)
Used as the system memory of Main CPU and transmission buffer of
communication.
(4) Dual Port RAM Block
Dual Port RAMs allow Main CPU and Sub CPU to communicate with
each other by passing data through the common memory.
1) IDT7130SA55PF (IC4)
2) IDT7140SA55PF (IC6)
The IDT7130/IDT7140SA55PF are high-speed 1K x 8 Dual-Port Static
RAMs. The IDT7130SA55PF is designed to be used as a stand-alone
8-bit Dual-Port RAM or as a "MASTER" Dual-Port RAM together with
the IDT7140SA55PF "SLAVE" Dual-Port in 16-bit-or-more word width
systems. Using the IDT MASTER/SLAVE Dual-Port RAM approach in
16-or-more-bit memory system applications results in full-speed, errorfree operation without the need for additional discrete logic.
Both devices provide two independent ports with separate control, address, and I/O pins that permit independent asynchronous access for
reads or writes to any location in memory.
(5) Connector Block (CNSUB)
CNSUB of 60 pin connector connect the Main Control PWB with the
•
Line Control PWB.
(6) Sub Access Control Block
The block control the write access to the Dual Port RAMs (IC4, 6) and
the Modem (IC1).
5 – 21
Page 78
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
LZ9FJ59 (IC5) Terminal list
PIN I/O Name Function
1 IO2M RTCDT RTC data input/output
2 O2M RTCCK RTC data transfer clock
3 O2M RTCCE RTC chip select
4 O2M RTCIO RTC input/output control
5 TO GAIN Output port
6 I MTSTART Input port
7 I LCINT
8 O2M XLCCS Chip select signal to LC82103
9 O AO9
10 O AO10
11 – GND Ground
12 O AO11
13 O AO12
14 O2M XLCRD Read signal to LC82103
15 O2M XLCWR Write signal to LC82103
16 O AO0
17 O AO1
18 O AO2
19 O AO3
20 – VDD Power supply
21 – GND Ground
22 O AO4
23 O AO5
24 O AO6
25 O AO7
26 O AO8
27 O CRNT Output port
28 – GND Ground
29 O TXB1 B-phase current control output 1
30 O TXB0 B-phase current control output 0
31 O TXA1 A-phase current control output 1
32 O TXA0 A-phase current control output 0
33 O TXPB B-phase current direction setting
34 O TXPA A-phase current direction setting
35 I A12 System address input
36 I A11 System address input
37 I A10 System address input
38 I A9 System address input
39 I A8 System address input
40 – GND Ground
41 ID QMPDRQ DMA request input (QM-coder)
42 O2M XQMPDAK
43 ID QMCDRQ DMA request input (QM-coder)
44 O2M XQMCDAK
45 O2M XQMRD Read signal to QM-coder
46 O2M XQMWR Write signal to QM-coder
47 O2M XQMCS Chip select signal to QM-coder
48 IO2M D15 System data input/output
49 IO2M D14 System data input/output
50 IO2M D13 System data input/output
Interrupt request signal from LC82103
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
Reading/QM-coder LSI address output
DMA acknowledge output (QM-coder)
DMA acknowledge output (QM-coder)
PIN I/O Name Function
51 IO2M D12 System data input/output
52 IO2M D11 System data input/output
53 IO2M D10 System data input/output
54 I A7 System address input
55 I A6 System address input
56 I A5 System address input
57 I A4 System address input
58 I A3 System address input
59 I A2 System address input
60 IS SHCK Clock (19.6MHz) from CPU
61 – GND Ground
62 – VDD Power supply
63 I A1 System address input
64 I A0 System address input
65 IO2M D9 System data input/output
66 IO2M D8 System data input/output
67 IO2M D7 System data input/output
68 IO2M D6 System data input/output
69 IO2M D5 System data input/output
70 IO2M D4 System data input/output
71 IO2M D3 System data input/output
72 IO2M D2 System data input/output
73 IO2M D1 System data input/output
74 IO2M D0 System data input/output
75 – GND Ground
76 IS XRESET Reset signal
77 O2M XINT7 Interrupt request signal to CPU
78 O2M XINT4 Interrupt request signal to CPU
79 O2M XWAIT Wait request signal to CPU
80 I XRAS Input RAS signal from CPU
81 I A18 System address input
82 I A19 System address input
83 I A20 System address input
84 I A21 System address input
85 I XCS2 Chip select 2 signal input
86 I XCS6 Chip select 6 signal input
87 I XWRL
88 I XWRH
89 I XRD System read signal
90 I XDACK0
91 O2M XDREQ0 DMA request 0 output to CPU
92 I XDACK1
93 O2M XDREQ1 DMA request 1 output to CPU
94 O2M XGABCS Chip select (gate array B)
95 O2M XSRAMCS Chip select (SRAM)
96 O2M XPGMCS Chip select (ROM)
97 I XMDMINT
98 O2M XMDMCS Chip select (Modem)
99 O XMDMRST Modem reset output
100 – VDD Power supply
System write (high-order byte) signal
System write (low-order byte) signal
DMA acknowledge 0 input from CPU
DMA acknowledge 1 input from CPU
Interrupt request signal from Modem
5 – 22
Page 79
LZ9FJ59 (IC5) Terminal list
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
PIN I/O Name Function
101 – GND Ground
102 O2M XEXCS Chip select (spare)
103 I XCDCINT
104 I XCDCDRQ DMA request signal (CODEC)
105 O2M XCDCCS Chip select (CODEC)
106 O XWR System write output
107 O2M FLBK4 Bank control 4
108 O2M FLBK3 Bank control 3
109 O2M FLBK2 Bank control 2
110 O2M FLBK1 Bank control 1
111 IU XFLBSY Flash memory busy signal input
112 IU FLSZ0 Input port
113 IU FLSZ1 Input port
114 O2M XFLSTD Chip select (flash standard)
115 O2M XFLOPT Chip select (flash option)
116 IU XCI Input port
117 IU XRHS Input port
118 IU XEXHS Input port
119 TO DPON Output port
120 – GND Ground
121 TO TXMUTE Output port
122 IU HSDTCT Input port
123 TO MPXC Output port
124 TO MPXB Output port
125 TO DPMUTE Output port
126 IU PCDTCT Input port
127 TO FAXPCSL Output port
128 O2M XD9001CS Chip select (PC I/F D9001)
129 O2M XD9001RW Read signal to D9001 (PC I/F)
130 O2M XD9001WR Write signal to D9001 (PC I/F)
Interrupt request signal from CODEC
PIN I/O Name Function
131 O2M XD6004RD Read signal to D6004 (PC I/F)
132 O2M XD6004WR Write signal to D6004 (PC I/F)
133 O2M D6004ALE
134 – GND Ground
135 IO AD7 PC I/F address/data input/output
136 IO AD6 PC I/F address/data input/output
137 IO AD5 PC I/F address/data input/output
138 IO AD4 PC I/F address/data input/output
139 IO AD3 PC I/F address/data input/output
140 IO AD2 PC I/F address/data input/output
141 – GND Ground
142 – VDD Power supply
143 IS CK16M 16MHz clock input
144 ID TEST1 Test terminal
145 IO AD1 PC I/F address/data input/output
146 IO AD0 PC I/F address/data input/output
147 IU XB4FRS Input port
148 IU XFRSNS Input port
149 IU XORGSNS Input port
150 IU XROLSNS Input port
151 I PRTSNS1 Input port
152 TO CDCMSK Output port
153 TO PLG0ON Plunger 0 control
154 TO PLG1ON Plunger 1 control
155 TO LEDON CIS LED light source control
156 IU XEXINT0
157 IU XEXINT1 Interrupt request signal (spare)
158 I PCIFSL PC I/F select signal input
159 IO2M IOP0 Input port (spare)
160 – GND Ground
Address strobe signal to D6004 (PC I/F)
Interrupt request signal from PC I/F
I : Input terminal (TTL level input)
IS : Input terminal (TTL level schmitt input)
IU : Input terminal (TTL level input, pull up resistor 250 KΩ building in)
ID : Input terminal (TTL level input, pull down resistor 250 KΩ building in)
IO : Input/output terminal (TTL level input, output electric current: IOL=4.0 mA)
IO2M : Input/output terminal (TTL level input, output electric current : IOL=2.0 mA)
O : Output terminal (Output electric current: I OL=4.0 mA)
O2M : Output terminal (Output electric current: I OL=2.0 mA)
TO : Try-state output terminal (Output electric current: IOL=4.0 mA)
VDD : Power supply
GND : Ground
5 – 23
Page 80
FO-6700U
GND1
D7
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PD8
PD9
PD10
VCC
GND
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
PD15
PD16
PD17
PD18
PD19
PD20
PD21
VCC
GND
PD22
PD23
PD24
D6D5D4
GND
VCC
D3D2D1
D0
GND
VCC
RESET*
A3A2A1
A0
BHE*
CS*
MCLK
GND
VCC
WR*
RD*
DMAAK*
BUS16
DMARQ*
INTR
XCLK*
GND
2345678
9
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
PD25
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
PD25
PD26
PD27
PD28
PD29
PD30
PD31
PDRQ
VCC
GND
PDRD*
PDWR*
PDAK*
RVID*
PRDY*
SVID*
PTIM*
PXCK*
XWAIT*
VCC
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
VCC
GND
D8
D9
D10
D11
VCC
GND
D12
D13
D14
D15
VCC
GND
PXCKO*
TOUT2
TOUT1
TEST1
TEST0
VCC
FO-67DL
(8) JBIG Block
When it sends FAX by the JBIG compression form, the JBIG compression of the image data and JBIG expansion are done with QM-CODER
LSI of IC3 (M65761FP).
PD0-31
(=CX0-11
PEUPE*
PDRQ
PDAK*
PDRD*
PDWR*
PRDY*
(=XRDY*)
PTIM*
(=XTIM*)
PXCK*
PXCKO*
SVID*
(=SPIX*)
RVID*
(=RPIX*)
XCLK*
XWAIT*
IMAGE DATA ¥ CONTEXT I/F
LINE MEMORY
PIXEL DATA
CONTEXT DATA
TYPICAL PREDICTION
CONTEXT GENERATE
QM-CODER LSI
SWITCH
CONTEXT T ABLE RAM
PROBABILITY PRESUMPTION TABLE ROM
QM-CODER
HOST BUS I/F
RESET*
CS*
A0-3
BHE*
WR*
RD*
D0-15
DMARQ
DMAAK*
INTR
BUS16
MCLK
TEST
IC3: VHiM65761FP-1(M65761FP)
5 – 24
Page 81
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
M65761FP (IC3) Terminal descriptions
I/F
Host bus I/F RESET* 68 I H/W reset signal.
(29 pin) CS* 62 I Chip select signal.
Image data I/F PD0-31 2~12 IO Parallel image input/output bus.
Parallel 15~25 (Use PD0-15 when 16 bit bus)
Image data I/F PRDY* 45 O 1 line input/output start ready signal of image data.
Serial
Context I/F CX0-11 2~12,15 I Context input. (CX0 is possible to feed back in LSI) (=PD0-11)
Others MCLK 61 I Master clock input signal.
Note : Most of context IF signal line is shared with image data I/F signal line.
It is shown that * of the signal name is negative logic.
Signal
name
A0-3 64,65,66,67 I Address select signal of inner register.
BHE* 63 I Access signal of upward byte (D8-15).
WR* 58 I Write strobe signal.
RD* 57 I Read strobe signal.
D0-15 71~74, IO Input/output data signal.
DMARQ 54 O DMA request signal of encode data.
DMAAK* 56 I DMA acknowledge signal of encode data.
INTR 53 O Interrupt request signal.
BUS16 55 I 8 bit bus (D0-7) and 16 bit bus (D0-15) function select line.
PDRQ 38 O DMA request signal of image data.
PDAK* 43 I DMA acknowledge signal of image data.
PDRD* 41 I Read strobe signal of image data.
PDWR* 42 I Write strobe signal of image data.
PTIM* 47 I 1 line transfer section signal of image data.
PXCK* 48 I Transfer clock signal of image data.
PXCKO* 95 O Transfer synchronization clock signal of image data.
SVID* 46 I Input signal of image data.
RVID* 44 O Output signal of image data.
PEUPE* 19 I Updata enable of RAM for PE. (Learning function ON/OFF) (=PD15)
SPIX* 46 I Encode image data input signal. (=SVID*)
RPIX* 44 O Decode image data output signal. (=RVID*)
XCLK* 52 O Context data transfer clock signal.
XWAIT* 49 I Context data transfer wait signal.
XRDY* 45 O Context data 1 stripe input/output start ready signal. (=PRDY*)
XTIM* 47 I Context data 1 stripe transfer section signal. (=PTIM*)
TEST0-1 98,99 I Signal for test. (Usually connect to GND)
VCC/GND 1,13,14,26,27, – Power(+5V)/Ground.
Terminal No I/O Function
77~80, (Use D0-7 when 8 bit bus)
83~86,
89~92
28~37
39,40,50,51,59,
60,69,70,75,76,
81,82,87,88,93,
94,100
[4] Circuit description of Memory PWB
It is composed by the Flash Memory of 4Mbyte, and attached to the
CNOP connecter of the Control PWB circuit. It can be expanded by
substituting FO-4ML, 8ML or 12ML(OPTION) for the standard Memory
PWB to 8MB, 12MB or 16MB.
1) LH28F016SUT(IC5) ... pin-56, TSOP
(16 Mbit Flash Memory)
This memory is a nonvolatile type whose content does not volatilize
even if power is turned off, and stores the copied, sent and received
image data. Moreover, the initially registered data, registered content of
“RELAY” key and registered content of “CONF” key are stored.
5 – 25
Page 82
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
TP190
R190
4.7K
IC13
HY5118164
or
MSM5118165
1Mx16bit DRAM
NC15NC16A928A524A7
26
I/O1541I/O1440I/O1339I/O1238I/O1136I/O10
35
I/O934I/O833I/O710I/O58I/O0
2
A423A320A219A1
18
A625A8
27
A017/RAS14/LCAS31/UCAS30/WE13/OE
29
I/O69I/O47I/O35I/O24I/O1
3
VCC1VCC6VCC
21
VSS42VSS37VSS
22
NC11NC12NC
32
R221
4.7K
C179
2200P
IC2
M27C160-100F1
16Mbit EPROM
A181A172A1633A1237A14
35
Q15A-1
30
Q1428Q1326Q1224Q1121Q10
19Q917Q815
/E
11
A1138A1039A940A8
41
A1336A15
34
A73A64A55A46A37A2
8
/G
13
A010A1942VSS
12
A19VCC
22
Q729Q627Q525Q423Q320Q218Q116Q0
14
VSS
31
BYTEVPP
32
C144
N.M.
C160
0.1
L100
0
12
C161
0.1
C162
0.1
R187
4.7K
R188
4.7K
R189
4.7K
X3
19.6608MHz
1
2
C182
2200P
R233
560
C175
27P
C176 22P
C145
N.M.
C183
2200P
R192
4.7K
R220
4.7K
R212 100
R211 100
R213 100
C146
0.1
TP9
TP10
R234
4.7K
C178
2200P
TP1
C177
2200P
R229
4.7K
R230
4.7K
TP8
R208
470
C153
2200P
R215 33
R235 33
TP2
R219 33
C151 0.1
R217 10
TP3
R218 20
C148
2200P
R236 150
R214 270
R216 270
C147
2200P
C186
N.M.
C189
10P
C187
10P
R231 470
L101
10
12
L102
0
12
R193
100
C211
N.M.
TP11
R232 470
TP12
IC12
HD6437021
CPU(MASK)
DACK065DREQ066NMI74IRQ3/DREQ168IRQ497IRQ699IRQ7
100
PB994PB8
93
SCK198TXD196WDTOVF75CK69EXTAL71XTAL72PA11
64
AD1012AD1114AD1216AD1317AD14
18A020A121A222A323A425A526A627A728A829A930
A1031A1133A1234A1335A1436A1537A1639A1740A1842A1943A2044A21
45
PA1062PA9/IRQOUT
61
PA8/BREQ
60
AD911AD810AD79AD68AD57AD46AD23AD12AD01CS0
46
CS3/CASL
49
PB791PB589PB487PB386PB285PB184PB083MD279MD178MD077VCC13VCC
38
AD15
19
AD3
5
CS1/CASH
47
CS248CS4
51
CS5/RAS
52
CS6
53
WAIT/CS7
54RD57
WRL
55
WRH
56
IRQ2/DACK1
67
RXD195RES
76
PA7/BACK58PB6
90
VSS41VSS70VSS50VSS
59
VCC63VCC73VCC80VCC
88
VSS81VSS82VSS
92
VSS32VSS24VSS15VSS
4
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
R194 150
R195 150
C184 0.1
C180 0.1
TP185
C152 0.1
C181 0.1
C185 0.1
IC29A
74HC08
1142
7
3
TP186
MD1
MD2
MD12
MD9
MD14
MD6
MD12
MD4
MD1
MD14
MD15
MD3
MD11
MD8
MD7
MD7
MD4
MD2
MD3
MD6
MD11
MD8
MD5
MD5
MD2
MD9
MD0
MD9
MD4
MD10
MD14
MD8
MD13
MD10
MD15
MD10
MD7
MD5
MD13
MD3
MD1
MD0
MD15
MD13
MD12
MD11
MD6
MD0
MA6
MA10
MA3
MA12
MA15
MA5
MA16
MA4
MA15
MA13
MA3
MA19
MA7
MA21
MA8
MA0
MA6
MA19
MA2
MA17
MA7
MA5
MA4
MA11
MA1
MA1
MA9
MA14
MA9
MA9
MA7
MA1
MA10
MA12
MA2
MA18
MA21
MA16
MA2
MA13
MA8
MA3
MA5
MA17
MA4
MA11
MA14
MA10
MA6
MA18
MA8
MA20
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
/MRD
(2E)
/MWRL
(2E)
/MCASH
/MCASL
/MRAS
MD[15:0]
(2-6E,3-6A,4-6D,5-4C,7-5A,8-6A,13-3C,14-4A)
MA[21:1]
(2-6E,3-6A,5-5C,7-5A,8-6D,13-6C,14-4A)
/MRD
(2E)
/ROMCS
(5-4F)
/RESET
(2-2F)
/MWRH
(2-4F,3-4C/5G,5-3C,7-5D,8-5D,12-2F,14-4F)
/DREQ0
(5-3F)
/MCASL
/INT4(5-3C)
/MRAS
/INT6(7-5D)
/RESET2
(4-3D,5-2C,7-5D,9-2C,12-2B/6C/6F)
/CS6
(5-3C,12-3B)
/DACK0
(5-3F)
/INT7(5-3C)
/MRD
(5E,5H,2-3F/4F,3-4C/5G,5-3C,7-5D,13-3B/5C,14-4F)
/MDPINT1(16-3D)
CLKF(5-2C,7-5D,12-2B/5B)
/CMD
(15-3H)
/MDPINT2(16-3H)
/CS2
(5-3C)
/SRCLK
(15-3E)
/MWRL
(5E,2-3F,5-3C,12-1F,14-4F)
/STS
(15-3E)
BZOUT
(10-4A)
MONSEL(10-6A)
/SRES2(12-5F)
/SRES1(12-6F)
/WAIT
(12-5E)
/MCASH
(5E)
(5E)
(5E)
(3E)
(3E)
(3E)
FO-67DL
CHAPTER 6. CIRCUIT SCHEMATICS AND PARTS LAYOUT
6 – 1
CPU & memory block
[1] Main Control PWB circuit 1/16
Page 83
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
IC1
SM8578BV
REAL TIME CLOCK
DATA7CLK6CE5INTN
1
XT
3
XTN
2
VCC
8
VSS
4
R114
10K
TP(VBAT)
X1
32.768KHz
12
C116 18P
C115 12P
R285
1K
IC39
PST596
SYSTEM RESET
M/R1SUB2GND
3
VOUT
4
VCC
5
C247
1
IC38C
74HC14
5
7
E
BC
E
BC
14
6
IC38B
74HC14
3
7
14
4
R3
2
3
1
1.5K(1/2W)
R287
4.7K
R304
10K
R298
10K
C113
0.1
D144
1SS355
D145
HRW0502A
BT1
CR2450
12
Q108
DTA114EK
C12
33/16
12
R292
5.6K
Q109
DTA114EK
R305
10K
R288
4.7K
IC38A
74HC14
1
7
14
2
D5
DAP202U
R113
10K
C226
0.1
IC15
BS62LV1024SC-70
1Mbit SRAM
A162A15
31
A75A827A926A1023A1125A124A1328A14
3
DQ821DQ720DQ619DQ518DQ417DQ315DQ2
14
A66A57A48A39A210A111A012OE24W29S122S2
30
DQ1
13NC1
VCC
32
GND
16
R112
4.7K
C227
N.M.
C200
N.M.
C199
0.1
IC21
BS62LV1024SC-70
1Mbit SRAM
A162A15
31
A75A827A926A1023A1125A124A1328A14
3
DQ821DQ720DQ619DQ518DQ417DQ315DQ2
14
A66A57A48A39A210A111A012OE24W29S122S2
30
DQ1
13
NC
1
VCC
32
GND
16
IC29B
74HC08
4145
7
6
IC29C
74HC08
9
7
14
10
8
R297
10K
R296
10K
TP13
TP15
TP14
MD5
MD3
MA9
MD12
MA15
MA3
MA14
MA11
MD11
MA8
MA9
MA12
MD7
MD8
MA13
MD14
MD4
MA6
MA12
MD9
MA10
MA2
MA17
MA15
MA13
MA17
MA14
MD6
MA1
MA4
MA7
MA4
MA1
MA2
MA10
MA5
MD15
MA11
MA16
MA3
MA5
MA6
MD0
MA16
MD1
MD2
MA7
MD13
MD10
MA8
DG
+5V
+24VA
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
VBAT
VBAT
VBAT
VBAT
/MRD
(1-2E)
TCS1
(2F)
MA[21:1](1-6H)
/MRD(1-2E)
/MWRH(1-2E)
/MWRL
(1-2E)
MD[15:0](1-6H,3-6A,4-6D,5-4C,7-5A,8-6A,13-3C,14-4A)
/SRAMCS(5-4F)
TCS1(2F)
TCS1
(3F/4F,3-4A)
/RESET
(1-4B)
/MRES2(16-3H)
TCS2 (3-5G)
/MRES1(16-3D)
/MANRES
(7-5D)
RTCCK
(6-4G)
RTCCE(6-4G)
RTCDT(6-4G)
FO-67DL
SRAM & back-up block 2/16
6 – 2
Page 84
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6
6
5
5
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
IC10
LH28F800SUT-70
8Mbit FLASH MEMORY
NC4A195A186A1411A16
8
DQ1552DQ1450DQ1347DQ1245DQ1141DQ10
39
DQ 936DQ 834DQ 751DQ 546DQ 0
33
A1312A1213A1117A10
18
A1510A17
7
A 919A 820A 722A 6
23
CE0#
14
DQ 649DQ 444DQ 340DQ 238DQ 1
35
VCC9VCC37VCC
43
GND21GND42GND
48
NC3NC29NC
30
CE1#
2
OE#
54
WE#55WP#
56
VPP
15
A 524A 425A 326A 227A 128A 032RY/BY#53BYTE#313/5#1RP#
16
C170
0.1
TP17
TP16
CA5-4
CA8-1
CA8-3
N.M.
CA7-1
TP18
TP19
CA5-2
CA7-3
CA6-2
CA8-4
N.M.
CA6-4
DHB-PB50-S131N
DG1DG3DG5+5V7+5V9D1411D1213D1015D817D619D421D223D025A1827A1629A1431A1233A1035A837A639A441A243FLBK445FLBK147DG
49
TCS2
2
/MWRH
4
/MRD
6
/FLBSY
8
D1510D1312D11
14D916D718D520D322D124
A1926A1728A1530A1332A11
34A936A738A540A342A144
FLBK2
46
FLOPT
48DG50
135791113151719212325272931333537394143454749
20
18
16
14
12
10
864
2
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
4244464850
CNOP
CA12-1
N.M.
CA12-3
CA11-4
CA11-1
CA7-4
CA10-4
CA7-2
C201
N.M.
CA4-3
CA12-4
CA12-2
C202
N.M.
CA4-4
CA4-2
CA10-2
CA11-3
CA10-3
CA10-1
CA4-1
CA9-3
CA5-1
CA5-3
CA9-2
CA9-1
CA11-2
CA9-4
CA8-2
CA6-1
CA6-3
C169
0.1
C171
0.1
C172
0.1
R185
0
C4
33/16
1
2
MA6
MA10
MD4
MA4
MA8
MD9
MA14
MA2
MA19
MD12
MD13
MD7
MA17
MD14
MA18
MA5
MA9
MA11
MD10
MA6
MA12
MD3
MD0
MA15
MD0
MA16
MD6
MA18
MA8
MA12
MD15
MA2
MD12
MA16
MD11
MA1
MD1
MA14
MD5
MA10
MD14
MA7
MA3
MD6
MD2
MA13
MD8
MD2
MD10
MD8
MD4
MA4
MA11
MD7
MD5
MA17
MA5
MD11
MD15
MD1
MD3
MA9
MA1
MD13
MA15
MA7
MA13
MA3
MA19
MD9
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
TCS2
(2-1F)
/MWRH (1-2E)
/MRD
(1-2E)
FLBK2 (5-5F)
FLBK4(5-5F)
FLBK1(5-5F)
/FLOPT
(5-4F)
/FLBSY_OP (5-5G)
MA[21:1]
(1-6H)
/MRD
(1-2E)
TCS1(2-2F)
/FLBSY_STD(5-5G)
/FLSTD (5-4F)
/MWRH
(1-2E)
MD[15:0]
(1-6H,2-6E,4-6D,5-4C,7-5A,8-6A,13-3C,14-4A)
FLBK3(5-5F)
+
FO-67DL
Flash memory block 3/16
6 – 3
Page 85
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
R173 1M
D113
DA204K
12
3
TP26
IC100E
74HCU04
11 10
R175
0
Q101
2SA1037K
B
E
C
R164
0
R126
N.M.
R174
0
C124
0.1
IC5
LC82103
IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSOR
A811A712A613A514A415A218A1
19
DVDD
10
TEST
34
DALRH
44
DAHRL
38
DALRL
37
ICLK
30
ATAPL
45RS62
CLK260CLK1
61
PD0/PP0
55
PD1/PP1
54
PD2/PP2
53
PD3/PP3
52
PD4/PP4
51
PD5/SDE
50
PD7/SD
47
DREQ/PP6
58
DACK/PP5
57
MTP/PP7
59
DGND
9
AVDD
43
A9
28
DAHRH
42
A1126A1027A12
23
A3
16
PD6/SDCK
48
SH
63
ATAPH
41
TRIG
31
AGND
36
A020D71D62D53D44D35D26D17D0
8
CS29RD22WR21RESET32REF
35
CLKIN25SAMP/LININT
33
AIN39TEMP
40
DVDD24DVDD
56
DGND17DGND
49
AGND
46
DGND
64
C100
IC100F
74HCU04
13 12
R101
N.M.
TP25
R163
N.M.
TP23
R123
N.M.
N.M.
N.M.
R108
10K
C122 18P
R165
0
R117
R127
0
R121 10
C131
0.1
R161
0
C125
0.1
R160 0
R167
0
C159
8P
R159
N.M.
R170
R120
1.8K
X2
29.44MHz
12
C129
0.1
TP20
R122
3K
R116
0
IC34F
74VHC04
13
14
7
12
TP22
C3
47/16
12
C127
0.1
R118
0
C126 0.01
R171
0
IC3
AD8051AR
6
372
4
581
+
—
NC
NC
NC
R106
33
IC100D
74HCU04
98
D100
DA204K
1
2
3
C123
0.1
R176
680
IC100B
74HCU04
3
4
TP24
TP28
R104 0
R125 0
C154
N.M.
C157
C156
R168 0
R169
0
IC4B
4
7
14
7
14
7
14
3
5
IC4A
1
2
13
14
7
IC4C
89
6
R191 0
IC4D
10 11
12
R107
10K
R172 0
C158
0.1
R124
0
C150
0.1
C128
0.01
C5
47/16
12
C155
C130
8P
R100
2.2K
TP21
R128
0
R105 270
IC100C
74HCU04
5
7
14
7
14
7
14
7
14
6
IC100A
74HCU04
1
14
7
14
7
2
TP27
TP191
TP201
TP202
TP203
TP204
TP205
TP200
AO5
MD5
MD0
AO8
AO11
AO7
AO3
AO4
MD7
AO2
MD3
MD1
MD2
AO13
MD6
AO6
AO10
MD4
AO9
AO12
AO1
+5VR
DG
RAG
RAG
DG
+5VR
RAG
+5VR
+5V
RAG
RAG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5VR
RAG
DG
RAG
RAG
+5VR
RAG
+5VR
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DGDG
DG
DG
+5V
RAG
+5V
+5VR
MTSTART (6-5E)
AO[13:1](6-4D)
/LCRD
(6-5E)
SCCLK1
(9-2C)
/LCWR
(6-5E)
MD[15:0]
(1-6H,2-6E,3-6A,5-4C,7-5A,8-6A,13-3C,14-4A)
AIN
LCINT(6-5E)
AIN
AO(15-3B)
SRVID
(7-5E)
/STVD (7-5E)
/RESET2(1-4A)
GAIN(6-4E)
/LCCS
(6-5E)
CISCLK (15-2B)
CISSI
(15-3B)
(2E)
(5D)
FO-67DL
Reading block 4/16
6 – 4
Page 86
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
TP189
TP187
R306 270
R181
0
TP41
R308 270
TP34
TP37
R201
10K
TP30
C165
100P
C168
47P
TP38
TP45
TP35
TP44
R199
10K
R150
0
C164
N.M.
R200
10K
R148
10K
R177 0
C141
2200P
TP29
R307 270
R179
10K
R178
10K
R198
4.7K
TP32
TP31
TP33
TP36
R147
10K
R149
10K
R143
10K
TP42
IC8A
LZ9FJ59
GATE ARRAY(A)
XFLBSY
111
FLBK4
107
FLBK3
108
FLBK2
109
FLBK1
110
XGABCS
94
XSRAMCS
95
XPGMCS
96
XEXCS
102
XFLSTD
114
XFLOPT
115
A2184A2083A1982A1881A1235A1136A1037A938A839A754A655A556A457A358A259A163A064D15
48
XRD89XWRH88XWRL87XWR
106
D1449D1350D1251D1152D1053D965D866D767D668D569D470D371D272D173D0
74
XCS285XCS686XINT478XINT7
77
TXMUTE
121
PCIFSL
158
IOP0
159
SHCK60CK16M
143
XRESET
76
XEXINT1
157
XDREQ0
91
XDACK0
90
XDREQ1
93
XDACK1
92
XRAS
80
XWAIT
79
XMDMCS
98
XMDMINT
97
XMDMRST
99
XEXHS
118
XRHS
117
XCI
116
HSDTCT
122
DPON
119
TELMUTE2
125
MPXB
124
MPXC
123
TEST
144
FLSZ0
112
FLSZ1
113
XEXINT0
156
TP43
C142
330P
R144
10K
R184
10K
R180
4.7K
R204 0
R203 150
R202 0
TP39
TP40
C163
100P
MA3
MA18
MA21
MA13
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA4
MA1
MA5
MA19
MA6
MA20
MA12
MA2
MA10
MA11
MD15
MD0
MD9
MD4
MD8
MD1
MD7
MD3
MD10
MD2
MD13
MD12
MD6
MD14
MD11
MD5
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG DG
/CS2
(1-3E)
/INT4(1-5A)
/INT7
(1-5A)
MA[21:1](1-6H)
CK16M(8-5D)
/MWRL
(1-2E)
CDCMSK (8-2F)
/MWRH(1-2E)
/MRD
(1-2E)
/DACK0 (1-5B)
/DREQ0 (1-5B)
/MDPCS1 (13-2A,16-2D)
/FLBSY_STD
(3-4A)
/FLBSY_OP
(3-5G)
CLKF(1-4A)
/ROMCS (1-5H)
FLBK4 (3-3E)
FLBK2 (3-3G)
FLBK1 (3-3E)
/FLOPT (3-3G)
/GABCS (7-5D)
/MDPCS2 (13-2A,16-2H)
/FLSTD (3-5C)
/SRAMCS (2-4F)
/RESET2(1-4A)
/CS6(1-2E)
/CI1 (15-6D)
FLBK3 (3-3E)
MD[15:0](1-6H,2-6E,3-6A,4-6D,7-5A,8-6A,13-3C,14-4A)
FO-67DL
Gate array (A) block 1 5/16
6 – 5
Page 87
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
TP73
TP70
TP75
TP76
TP71
TP72
C140
2200P
R182
10K
TP77
TP74
TP58
TP57
TP52
TP46
TP195
TP196
TP197
TP198
TP199
TP192
TP193
TP64
TP60
TP59
C119
0.1
TP194
R162
3.3K
C112
330P
IC8B
LZ9FJ59
GATE ARRAY(A)
XCDCCS
105
XCDCDRQ
104
XQMCS1
47
XQMWR
46
XQMRD
45
QMPDRQ
41
XQMPDAK
42
QMCDRQ
43
XQMCDAK
44
XCDCINT
103
XLCCS8XLCWR15XLCRD14LCINT7MTSTART6AO1213AO1112AO1010AO99AO826AO725AO624AO523AO422AO319AO218AO117AO016XD6004RD
131
XD6004WR
132
XD6004ALE
133
XD9001CS
128
XD9001WR
130
XD9001RW
129
AD7
135
AD6
136
AD5
137
AD4
138
AD3
139
AD2
140
AD1
145
AD0
146
PCDTCT
126
FAXPCSL
127
GAIN
5
TXPA
34
TXA131TXA0
32
TXPB
33
TXB129TXB0
30
CRNT
27
RTCDT
1
RTCCK2RTCCE
3
RTCIO
4
PLG1ON
154
PLG0ON
153
LEDON
155
VDD
20
VDD62VDD
100
VDD
142
GND11GND21GND28GND40GND61GND75GND
101
GND
120
GND
134
XB4FRS
147
XFRSNS
148
XORGSNS
149
XROLSNS
150
PRTSNS1
151
CDCMSK
152
GND
141
GND
160
R157
10K
C149
0.1
R155
270
R166
5.6K
R154
10K
R156
270
TP69
C118
2200P
R139
270
R140
270
R153
10K
R158
10K
C138
0.1
R141
4.7K
R142
4.7K
R146
10K
C167 0.1
C143
0.1
C114 0.1
R109 100
IC9A
BA10393F
1
2
8
8
3
4
4
+
–
R111 0
R183
10K
R110 100
TP53
TP48
TP49
TP47
TP56
TP55
TP50
TP54
TP78
R152
4.7K
TP63
TP51
R197
4.7K
R196
4.7K
C166
2200P
R151
4.7K
R309 100
TP188
C121
0.1
C117
2200P
C139
2200P
IC9B
BA10393F
7
6
5
+
–
TP67
TP65
TP61
TP62
TP66
TP68
R311 100
R312 100
R313 100
R310 100
RA11 100(*4)
RA12
100(*4)
AO11
AO10
AO12
AO1
AO3
AO7
AO2
AO9
AO8
AO13
AO6
AO5
AO4
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
RTCDT (2-6B)
MTSTART
(4-5G)
LCINT
(4-2E)
/LCRD
(4-3D)
/LCCS
(4-3D)
/CDCINT (7-5D)
/B4FRS(15-5B)
/ROLSNS(15-5B)
/ORGS(15-5B)
/FRTS(15-5B)
TXPB
(11-4A)
TXB1 (11-4A)
TXA0 (11-5A)
TXA1 (11-5A)
TXPA (11-5A)
TXB0 (11-4A)
CRNT (11-1B)
RTCCK (2-5B)
RTCCE (2-5B)
STPON (11-2E)
LEDON (11-1E)
/CDCCS1 (8-2F/5D)
/CDCDRQ (7-5D)
GAIN
(4-4A)
/LCWR
(4-3D)
AO[13:1](4-6E)
FO-67DL
Gate array (A) block 2 6/16
6 – 6
Page 88
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
R325
0
R326
33
C237
2200P
C271
0.1
C241
2200P
C244
2200P
C238
2200P
C239
2200P
X4
20.31092MHz
1
2
R255
1M
C243
2200P
C240
2200P
C218 0.1
IC22
LR38292
GATE ARRAY(B)
LD1526LD1425LD1324LD1223LD1122LD1019LD918LD817LD715LD614LD513LD412LD311LD210LD19LD08SEN7
160
SEN61SEN52SEN43SEN34SEN25SEN16SEN07GND16GND35GND48GND78RAS0B
158
RAS1B
157
CASB
159
DWEB
156
DRMTYPE
141
DRMSIZE
140
TEST50MEMTST
49
DA11
155
DA10
154
DA9
153
DA8
152
DA7
151
DA6
150
DA5
149
DA4
148
DA3
147
DA2
146
DA1
145
DA0
144
MA20
139
MA19
138
MA18
137
MA17
136
MA16
135
MAD15
133
MAD14
132
MAD13
131
MAD12
130
MAD11
129
MAD10
128
MAD9
127
MAD8
126
MAD7
124
MAD6
123
MAD5
122
MAD4
121
MAD3
120
MAD2
119
MAD1
118
MAD0
117
BRQT
103
BACKB
104
MAENB
111
MAS
110
MDENB
108
READY
109
CDCINT
102
LMA10
38
LMA937LMA836LMA734LMA633LMA532LMA431LMA330LMA229LMA128LMA0
27
LMWEB
39
GND
87
PRINTB
58
CTBSYB
57
CPRDYB
60
EPRDYB
53
PRRDYB
54
TODB
55
ETBSYB
56
PCURESB
51
HSYNC
52
PDATA
59
XIN
63
XOUT
64
VCC20VCC62VCC
142
GND21GND61GND
101
GND
143
A5
89
A4
90
A3
91
A2
92
A1
93
D15
70
D14
71
D13
72
D12
73
D11
74
D10
75
D9
76
D8
77
D7
79
D6
80
D5
81
D4
82
D3
83
D2
84
D1
85
D0
86
RDB
97
WRB
98
CSB
88
DREQOB
96
DACKOB
106
CSCDCB
107
SHCK1
116
GAINTB
95
CDCINTB
94
MANRESB
65
RESETB
66
SCCLK
69
SRVID
68
STVDB
67
LMD7
40
VCC
100
LMD6
41
LMD5
42
LMD4
43
LMD3
44
LMD2
45
LMD1
46
LMD0
47
DRQO
105
CK16M
112
SHCKOB
115
RDCDC
113
RDCDCB
114
RSTCDCB
99
GND
125
GND
134
C215
15P
C212
12P
TP111
C219 0.1
C242
0.1
C216
0.1
TP87
RA10
33(*4)
R302
2.2K
TP114
TP81
TP79
RA9
33(*4)
R254
560
TP85
TP88
TP90
TP83
TP93
TP99
TP101
TP96
TP82
TP102
TP103
TP104
TP86
TP89
TP91
C273
15P
TP94
TP97
TP100
TP84
TP92
TP95
R240
100
C266
0.1
TP105
RA2
470(*4)
TP98
RA1
470(*4)
R277
3.3K
R278
3.3K
R274
3.3K
C193
N.M.
IC38D
74HC14
9
7
14
8
R273
0
R276
3.3K
R275
1K
TP112
TP113
C233
N.M.
IC38F
74HC14
13
7
14
12
C217
R272
270
C214
2200P
TP110
R281
33
C232
C234
C194
N.M.
TP109
TP108
TP107
TP106
TP122
TP127
TP135
R282
33
TP121
TP126
TP128
TP134
TP120
TP125
TP133
TP139
TP119
TP124
TP132
TP138
TP118
TP123
TP131
TP137
TP129
TP117
TP130
TP136
IC30
LH5116NA-10
A1019A922A823A71A62A53A44A35A26A17A08WE21OE
20
I/O817I/O716I/O615I/O514I/O413I/O311I/O210I/O1
9
VCC
24
CS
18
GND
12
TP183
IC38E
74HC14
11
14
7
10
TP181
R280 270
R256
3K
TP80
TP115
R261 270
R257 270
R279 270
TP116
C272
2200P
C220
33P
R262 270
R258 270
R260 270
R263 270
R259 270
R264 270
DRA8
DRA5
DRA1
DRA2
DRA3
DRA0
DRA4
DRA7
DRA9
DRA6
LMD2
MD1
MD10
MD7
LMD3
MD15
LMD0
LMD0
MA2
MD0
MA5
MA1
MD14
LMD3
LMD1
MD6
LMD1
MD13
MD5
MD3
MA3
LMD4
MD12
LMD6
LMD5
MD2
MA4
MD4
MD8
LMD7
MD9
LMD7
LMD5
LMD4
LMD2
LMD6
MD11
PMA19
PMA16
PMA18
PMA20
PMA17
PMAD12
PMAD9
PMAD0
PMAD4
PMAD10
PMAD2
PMAD6
PMAD15
PMAD11
PMAD3
PMAD5
PMAD7
PMAD1
PMAD14
PMAD13
PMAD8
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
DG DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
/MDEN
(8-4G)
/CLKF
(8-5A)
/CDCCS2
(8-1G)
PLD1(15-6E)
CDCINT
(8-5D)
MD[15:0]
(1-6H,2-6E,3-6A,4-6D,5-4C,8-6A,13-3C,14-4A)
PLD5(15-5E)
CLKF
(1-4A)
/MANRES (2-2B)
PLD0(15-5E)
PLD3(15-6E)
/MRD
(1-2E)
PMAD[15:0](8-6F,9-5D)
PLD4(15-5E)
READY
(8-4G)
PLD6
(15-6E)
/CDCDRQ (6-5G)
/MWRH
(1-2E)
/GABCS (5-5F)
/RSTCDC
(8-4D)
/STVD
(4-4G)
/RDCDC
(8-4A)
/DACKT
(8-1F,8-5D)
/PRRDY (15-3H)
/BACK1
(8-2B)
/MAEN2
(8-1F)
/INT6
(1-5A)
DRQ0
(8-2G)
/CDCINT (6-5G)
SRVID (4-5G)
PLD7(15-6E)
PLD2(15-6E)
/HSYNC
(15-3H)
/PMCAS
(9-4E)
/RESET2
(1-4A)
/PMRAS0(9-5A)
SCCLK2 (9-2F)
/GAPMW(9-4A)
/HSYNC1
MA[21:1]
(1-6H)
PSEN6(15-6H)
PSEN5(15-6H)
PSEN4(15-6H)
PSEN3(15-6H)
PSEN2(15-5H)
PSEN1(15-5H)
PLEDEN2(15-6E)
PLEDEN1(15-6E)
PNRS(15-6H)
PNE(15-6H)
PSEN0(15-5H)
/VIDEO
(15-3H)
/HSYNC1
DRA[9:0](9-5B)
PMA[20:16](8-6F)
/PCURES
(15-4H)
/PRINT (15-3H)
/CTBSY
(15-3E)
/CPRDY
(15-2H)
/TOD
(15-3E)
/ETBSY
(15-3H)
/EPRDY (15-3E)
MAS
(8-4G)
CK16M
(8-5D)
RDCDC
(8-5A)
BRQT
(8-5G)
(6H)
(3G)
FO-67DL
Gate array (B) block 7/16
6 – 7
Page 89
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
TP153
TP152
IC37B
74LV08A
4
5
6
TP148
C270
0.1
C248
0.1
TP159
IC37D
74LV08A
121413
7
11
R271
330
C250
2200P
C225
27P
C222
100P(CH)
C249 1
IC20
HD74LS244
OCTAL BUFFERS
1Y1181Y2161Y3141Y4122Y192Y272Y352Y431G
1
1A121A241A361A482A1112A2132A3152A4
17
VCC
20
GND
10
2G
19
C198
0.1
C197
0.1
IC14
HD74LS374
OCTAL D-TYPE FLIP-FLOPS
D718D617D514D413D38D27D14D0
3
CK
11
Q719Q616Q515Q412Q39Q26Q15Q0
2
VCC
20
GND
10
OE
1
C223
1000P(CH)
C254 1
R241
10K
L103
0
C224
33P
R270 33
R286 4.7K
X5
16MHz
12
R290
4.7K
R291
4.7K
R289
4.7K
IC26
HD813201F
IDP201(CODEC)
A255A154A057D769D668D566D467D363D265D162D064CS44R/W42DS45IRQT58DRQTO47DACKI4668/8056CLKO21CLKI19CLKX20CLKMOD
40
MDEN
25
MAS
74
MAEN
76
BACK
48
BRQT
52
MA/MD0
79
MA/MD1
77
MA/MD23MA/MD3
78
MA/MD4
5
MA/MD5
2
MA/MD6
6
MA/MD7
4
MA/MD8
8
MA/MD9
7
MA/MD10
12
MA/MD11
9
MA/MD12
14
MA/MD13
13
MA/MD14
15
MA/MD15
16
MA1671MA1711MA1830MA1931MA2050MA21
51
CKTST280CKTST11CKTST0
41
UDS
27
LDS
23MR26MW28
IOR
35
IOW
36
DRQTI
39
DACKO
38
DMA
32
DTC
37
READY
73
RTCH
60
RTCL
61
RESET59VDD129VDD249VDD372VSS110VSS217VSS334VSS453VSS570VSS675TEST018TEST122TEST224TEST333TEST4
43
R269 0
C221
N.M.
IC34C
74VHC04
5
6
IC34B
74VHC04
3
4
C269
0.1
IC34E
74VHC04
11
10
TP140
TP141
IC35B
74HC74
D
VCC
12
14
14
14
14
14
7
7
7
7
7
CLK
GND
11
Q
9Q8
PR
10
CL
13
IC35A
74HC74
D
GND
VCC
2
14
14
CLK
3
7
7
Q5Q
6
PR4CL
1
TP142
TP143
TP144
TP145
IC37A
74LV08A
1
14
14
2
7
7
3
IC37C
74LV08A
9
10
8
TP146
TP147
IC34D
74VHC04
98
C253
N.M.
R303
4.7K
TP149
TP158
TP154
TP156
C251 1
TP157
TP155
TP151
TP150
MD15
MD9
MD11
MD11
MD15
MD13
MD14
MD13
MD12
MD8
MD8
MD9
MD14
MD10
MD12
MD10
PMAD8
PMAD7
PMAD3
PMAD0
MA2
PMAD6
PMAD12
PMAD1
PMAD5
PMAD14
MA3
PMAD9
PMAD11
PMAD13
PMAD2
PMAD10
PMAD15
PMAD4
MA1
CD2
CD0
CD2
CD5
CD6
CD7
CD6
CD0
CD7
CD5
CD5
CD4
CD1
CD1
CD1
CD3
CD4
CD3
CD6
CD4
CD3
CD2
CD0
CD7
PMA17
PMA16
PMA19
PMA18
PMA20
DG DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
MD[15:0]
(1-6H,2-6E,3-6A,4-6D,5-4C,7-5A,,13-3C,14-4A)
PMAD[15:0] (7-1A,9-5D)
/DACKT
(7-5D)
/CDCCS1
(6-5G)
/MWRH(1-2E)
/RDCDC
(7-1E)
CDCINT(7-1E)
/RDCDC
(7-1E)
RDCDC
(7-1E)
/CLKF
(7-1E)
READY
(7-1E)
/UDS
(9-4E)
/LDS
(9-5E)
MAS
(1B,7-1E)
/MDEN (7-1E)
/MAEN1 (1B,9-4E)
BRQT
(2B,7-1D)
CK16M(5-2C,7-1E,9-2C)
DRQT
DRQT
DRQ0 (7-1E)
/CDCCS2 (7-5D)
/CDCCS1(6-5G)
/DACKT
(7-5D)
/MAEN2
(7-1E)
/BACK1
(7-1E)
MAS
(7-1E)
/BACK2
BRQT(5G)
/MAEN1(4G)
/CDCMW
(9-4A)
MA[21:1]
(1-6H)
PMA[20:16]
(7-1A)
/BACK2
CDCMSK(5-3F)
/RSTCDC(7-1E)
(2E)
(5G)
(3F)
(5D)
FO-67DL
Codec block 8/16
6 – 8
Page 90
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
R266 100
R268 10
R267 10
R265 100
C245
0.1
R283
R284
N.M.
IC36
74HC157
QUAD2-TO-10ATASELECTORS
1A
VCC
21B32A52B6
3A113B104A144B
13
A/B1G
GND
15
8
16
1Y42Y73Y94Y
12
C196
0.1
C268
0.1
C195
0.1
IC23
HY5118164
or
MSM5118165
1Mx16Mbit DRAM
NC15NC16A928A524A7
26
I/O1541I/O1440I/O1339I/O1238I/O1136I/O10
35
I/O934I/O833I/O710I/O58I/O0
2
A423A320A219A1
18
A625A8
27
A017/RAS14/LCAS31/UCAS30/WE13/OE
29
I/O69I/O47I/O35I/O24I/O1
3
VCC1VCC6VCC
21
VSS42VSS37VSS
22
NC11NC12NC
32
C246
0.1
IC32C
74HC32
9
14
10
7
8
IC32D
74HC32
121413
7
11
R301 100
C267
0.1
IC33C
74VHC393
VCC
14
GND
7
IC33A
74VHC393
QA3QB4QC5QD
6
CLR
2CK1
IC33B
74VHC393
QA11QB10QC9QD
8
CLR
12CK13
IC32B
74HC32
4145
7
6
IC32A
74HC32
1142
7
3
IC34A
74VHC04
1
7
14
2
C236
N.M.
TP160
TP161
TP184
TP182
C265
0.1
C235
N.M.
IC31A
TC7S00FU
142
IC31B
TC7S00FU
VCC
5
GND
3
PMAD8
PMAD11
PMAD1
PMAD13
PMAD7
DRA5
PMAD10
PMAD5
PMAD2
PMAD14
DRA6
PMAD12
PMAD3
PMAD6
DRA4
DRA9
PMAD4
PMAD0
DRA2
DRA8
PMAD9
DRA0
DRA3
DRA1
PMAD15
DRA7
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
/PMUCAS
/PMRAS0(7-3A)
PMAD[15:0] (7-1A,8-6F)
/GAPMW(7-3A)
DRA[9:0]
(7-1A)
/PMLCAS
/PMLCAS
/UDS
(8-4G)
/PMUCAS
/MAEN1(8-4G)
/PMCAS(7-3B)
/LDS(8-4G)
SCCLK2
(7-5D)
/CDCMW(8-4G)
CK16M
(8-5D)
/RESET2(1-4A)
SCCLK1(4-4G)
(4A)
(4A)
(5G)
(5G)
FO-67DL
Page memory block 9/16
6 – 9
Page 91
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
IC24C
HCF4053
11
12
13
14
0
1
C205
0.1(K)
C204
0.1(K)
R242
22K
IC24A
HCF4053
9
5
3
4
0
1
R243
22K
Q106
DTC114EK
R248
10K
IC24B
HCF4053
10
2
1
15
0
1
C208
0.1(K)
R227
10K
C173
0.1(K)
R209
3K
R228
470
C174 330P(CH)
R186
100K
R206
150K
R205
10K
C7
1/50
12
C8
47/16
1
2
C6
4.7/50
12
R226
1K
R2241KR225
33K
Q104
DTC114EK
Q103
DTC114EK
Q107
DTC114EK
R245
20K
R246
1K
C206
0.01(K)
R251
20K
C207
4700P
IC24D
HCF4053
VDD
16
VEE7VSS
8
INH
6
C203
0.1
IC11
NJM2113
5
432
1
7
8
6
–
+
R244
20K
R247
10K
Q105
DTC114EK
DG
DG DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
CB
E
DG
DG
+12V
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+12V
+12V
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
SP
–
(15-1B)
SP+
(15-1B)
VOLA (16-3D)
VOLB (16-3D)
VOLC (16-3D)
SPMUTE (16-2D)
BZCONT (16-2B)
RXIN1
(15-6D)
MONSEL
(1-3B)
BZOUT(1-4B)
RXIN2(15-4D)
CB
E
CB
E
CB
E
BC
E
FO-67DL
Speaker control block 10/16
6 – 10
Page 92
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
R5
N.M.
C136
C252
R133
1K
C134
330P(CH)
R1 0.47(1W)
C104
N.M.
R137
1K
C137
330P(CH)R20.47(1W)
C277
0.1
R102
C132
0.1
B12B-PH-KS
+24VSUB
1MG2MG3MG4
+24V MAIN5+24V MAIN
6
+5V SUB
7DG8DG9DG10
+5V MAIN11+5V MAIN
12
CNPW
C135
470P(CH)
R136
56.0K(F)
C10
33/16
12
C9
33/16
12
Q102
DTC114EK
R135 56.0K(F)
C133
470P(CH)
R131
N.M.
IC6B
NJM2904M
5
6
7
8
4
+
–
R129
22.0K(F)
R130
33.0K(F)
C276
0.1
C274
0.1
R132
39.0K(F)
C275
N.M.
C259
0.1
IC44
NJM78M12
IN
1
OUT
3
G
2
D146 1SS355
C263
0.1
R4
47(1/2W)
C13
47/25
12
C11
47/35
12
Q100
2SD1664
B
C
C
K
1
2
A
E
E
R119
1K
R103
IC7
LB1845
MOTOR DRIVER
VREF126ENABLE124PHASE1
25
I1123I01
22
RC1
27
SENSE1
2E13
OUT1A7OUT1B
6
VREF217ENABLE219PHASE2
18
I0221I12
20
RC2
16
SENSE2
13E212
OUT2A9OUT2B
8
VBB1VBB
14
D(DI)GND4D(DI)GND
11
VCC28GND
15
NC5NC
10
Q1
2SD1164
B
D1 SR104
IC6A
NJM2904M
3
2
1
8
4
+
–
R134
4.7K
D2
SR104
D4
SR104
D3 SR104
D101
1SS355
R115
R293
N.M.
F100
ICP-S1.0
C109
0.1
C111
0.1
1
2
F101
ICP-S1.8
C2
100/50
12
R145
1M
DG
BC
E
+5V
MG
MG
+24V
+24V
MG
K
K
K
K
AA
A
A
MG
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+24V
+24VA
DG
+24V
DG
FG
MG
DG
DG MG
MG
DG
+5V
DG
DG
+12V
DG
+24VA
DG
+5V
+24VA
DG
LEDON(6-3H)
STPON(6-3H)
TMA
(15-6B)
/TMA (15-6B)
TMB (15-6B)
/TMB (15-6B)
TMVR
TMVR
TXPA
(6-4G)
TXA1
(6-4G)
TXA0(6-4G)
TMVR
TXPB
(6-4G)
TXB0(6-4G)
TXB1(6-4G)
VSTP(15-4B)
/STPON (15-4B)
/LEDON (15-2B)
CRNT(6-4G)
(4A/5A)
(1D)
(1D)
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Driver & power supply block 11/16
6 – 11
Page 93
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
IC40C
74ALS20
3
11
IC40B
74ALS20
9
7
101412
13
8
IC25B
74ALS08
4
5
6
IC25C
74ALS08
9
10
8
IC25A
74ALS08
1142
7
3
C262
0.1
C257
0.1
C228
0.1
C229
0.1
C255
0.1
IC42B
74ALS32
4
14
14
14
14
5
7
7
7
7
6
IC42C
74ALS32
9
10
8
IC25D
74ALS08
121413
7
11
TP164
TP162
TP165
IC28A
74ALS32
1
2
3
IC42D
74ALS32
12
13
11
R322
0
IC41F
74ALS04
13 12
IC41C
74ALS04
56
IC41A
74ALS04
1
2
IC41D
74ALS04
9
8
IC41B
74ALS04
3
4
IC41E
74ALS04
11
14
14
14
14
7
7
7
7
10
TP166
TP170
TP171
TP174
IC43
74ALS163
SYNCHORONOUS
BINARY COUNTER
A
VCC3B4C5D
6
ENP7ENT
10
16
8
CLK2LOAD
9
CLR
GND
1
QA14QB
13QC12QD11
RCO
15
IC27B
74ALS74
12
CLK
11
Q
9Q8
PR
10
CL
13
IC27A
74ALS74
D
GND
VCC
2
14
CLK
3
7
Q5Q
6
PR
4
CL
1
TP163
TP175
TP176
TP178
TP169
TP168
TP167
R250
10K
R249
10K
IC42A
74ALS32
1
2
3
C260
0.1
C256
0.1
R253
0
R252
0
TP173
TP172
TP177
IC40A
74ALS20
1
14
14
14
14
14
14
2
4
7
7
7
7
7
7
6
R294
100
R295
100
C261
N.M.
+5V
DG
+5V +5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V+5V
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
+5V
/MWRL(1-2E)
/RESET2
(1-4A)
CLKF(1-4A)
/CS6(1-2E)
DPBSYO
/MDPBSY1(16-3D)
/MDPBSY2(16-3H)
/RESET2
(1-4A)
CLKF(1-4A)
/WAIT
(1-2E)
DPBSYO
/SRES1
(1-3B)
/SRES2
(1-3B)
/SRESET1
(16-3D)
/SRESET2
(16-3H)
/MWRH
(1-2E)
/RESET2(1-4A)
/MCTWRL
(16-3H)
/MCTWRH
(16-3H)
(5E)
(4B)
D
GND
VCC
14
7
FO-67DL
Sub access control block 12/16
6 – 12
Page 94
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
R324
R238
R237
N.M.
R239
TP179
IC29D
74HC08
121413
11
C192
N.M.
TP180
IC19
VCC
20
A12A23A34A45A56A67A78A8
9
B118B217B316B415B514B613B712B8
11
DIR1OE
19
IC18
VCC
20
A12A23A34A45A56A67A78A8
9
B118B217B316B415B514B613B712B8
11
DIR1OE
19
IC16
2Y432Y352Y272Y191Y4121Y3141Y2161Y1
18
2A4172A3152A2132A1111A481A361A241A1
2
VCC
GND
10
2OE191OE
1
IC17
2Y432Y352Y272Y191Y4121Y3141Y2161Y1
18
2A4172A3152A2132A1111A481A361A241A1
2
VCC202OE191OE
1
C264
0.1
RA3
RA6
N.M.(SHORT)
RA4
N.M.(SHORT)
N.M.(SHORT)
N.M.(SHORT)
N.M.(SHORT)
N.M.(SHORT)
RA5
C188
N.M.
IC28C
74ALS32
9
14
10
7
8
IC28D
74ALS32
121413
7
11
C191
N.M.
IC28B
74ALS32
4145
7
6
RA7
RA8
N.M.(SHORT)
C190
N.M.
R323
N.M.
MD14
MD2
MD6
MD7
MD0
MD3
MD11
MD4
MD1
MD5
DPA2
DPA1
MA4
MA1
MA8
MA5
MA2
MA7
MA9
MA6
MA10
MA3
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD12
MD13
MD15
DPD6
DPD4
DPD12
DPD15
DPD13
DPD9
DPD8
DPD2
DPD11
DPD7
DPD14
DPD3
DPD10
DPD0
DPD5
DPD1
DPA7
DPA8
DPA9
DPA10
DPA3
DPA4
DPA5
DPA6
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
MA[21:1](1-6H)
/MRD
(1-2E)
DPA[10:1] (16-6A)
/DPRD (16-3D/3H)
MD[15:0](1-6H,2-6E,3-6A,4-6D,5-4C,7-5A,8-6A,14-4A)
DPD[15:0] (16-6A)
/MDPCS1(5-4F)
/MDPCS2(5-4F)
/MRD
(1-2E)
(SHORT)
7
GND
10
GND
10
GND
10
FO-67DL
DPRAM’S bus driver circuit 13/16
6 – 13
Page 95
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
D109
D112
D103
HRW0502A
D123
D127
D128
D129
D132
D131
N.M.
D130
D133
D116
HRW0502A
D102
HRW0502A
D143
D142
D126
N.M.
D124
HRW0502A
D119
HRW0502A
D137
HRW0502A
D118
HRW0502A
D136
HRW0502A
D117
HRW0502A
D135
HRW0502A
D115
HRW0502A
D105
HRW0502A
D121
HRW0502A
D120
HRW0502A
D134
HRW0502A
D122
HRW0502A
D104
HRW0502A
D106
HRW0502A
D107
HRW0502A
D108
HRW0502A
D125
HRW0502A
D138
D139
D140
D141
D111
D110
N.M.
MA21
MA20
MA19
MA18
MA17
MA16
MA15
MA14
MA13
MA12
MA11
MA10
MA9
MA8
MA7
MA3
MA5
MA1
MA2
MA4
MA6
MD0
MD11
MD5
MD9
MD1
MD13
MD3
MD4
MD14
MD2
MD10
MD7
MD15
MD12
MD8
MD6
DG
DG
DG
MA[21:1](1-6H)
MD[15:0]
(1-6H,2-6E,3-6A,4-6D,5-4C,7-5A,8-6A,13-3C)
/MRD
(1-2E)
/MWRL(1-2E)
/MWRH
(1-2E)
FO-67DL
Other block 14/16
6 – 14
Page 96
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
C107
N.M.
C102
N.M.
C103
C101
N.M.
C106
N.M.
B4B-PH-KS
TMA
1
/TMA
2
TMB
3
/TMB
4
CNTXM
C120
N.M.
CA3-4
R299
N.M.
B24B-PHDSS
LD71LD63LEDEN25LEDEN17LD29LD311LD113LD415LD017LD519+5V21+5V
23
E
2
R/W
4RS6
SEN68SEN510SEN412SEN314SEN216SEN118SEN0
20DG22DG24
13579111315171921
23
20
18
16
14
12
10
864
2
24
22
CNPN
R300
0
B2B-PH-KR
SP+1SP
–
2
CNSP
B8B-PH-KS
FRTS
1DG2
ORGS
3DG4
B4FRS
5DG6
ROLSNS
7DG8
CNSEN
B9B-PH-K-S (B12B-PH-K-S)
RXIN
1
TXOUT
2CI3
EXHS
4
DPON
5
CML
6
+5V
7DG8
+24VA
9
E-RLY
10
DPMUTE
11
EXTSIG
12
CNLIU1
C105
0.1
CA3-2
N.M.
C1
N.M.
12
C110
N.M.
C108
1
B2B-PH-KS
VSTP
1
STPON
2
CNSTP
CA1-4
N.M.
CA3-3
CA2-2
CA2-4
CA1-2
CA1-3
CA3-1
CA2-1
CA2-3
CA1-1
DHB-PA30-R131N
NC1NC3PDG5PDG7PDG9EPRDY11TOD13STS15CTBSY17SRCLK
19
PDG21+5VP23+5VP
25
+5VP27+5VP
29
NC2NC
4
RESET
6
PDG
8
HSYNC10PRRDY
12
ETBSY
14
CMD
16
PRINT
18
PDG
20
VIDEO
22
PDG24PDG
26
CPRDY
28
TEST
30
1357911131517192123252729
20
18
16
14
12
10
864
2
30
28
26
24
22
CNPRT
B9B-PH-K-R(B12B-PH-K-R)
RXIN
1
TXOUT
2CI3NC4
DPON
5
CML
6
+5V
7DG8
+24VA
9
E-RLY
10
DPMUTE
11
EXTSIG
12
CNLIU2
B10B-PH-KS
SIG
1
GND
2
VDD
3
GND4GND
5SI6
GND
7
CLK
8
GLED
9
VLED
10
CNCIS
DG
+5V
DG
+24VA
DG
+24V
+5V
+5V
DG
DG
+24VA
DG
+5V
DG
+5V
PLD6
(7-4A)
PLD4(7-4A)
PLD2(7-4A)
/EPRDY(7-3G)
/TOD
(7-3G)
/STS
(1-4A)
/CTBSY(7-3G)
/SRCLK
(1-4A)
/HSYNC
(7-6F)
/PRRDY
(7-3G)
/ETBSY
(7-3G)
/CMD
(1-4A)
/PRINT
(7-3G)
/VIDEO
(7-3G)
/CPRDY
(7-3G)
/PCURES
(7-3G)
AO
(4-5A)
/ROLSNS (6-3C)
/FRTS (6-2B)
/ORGS (6-1B)
/B4FRS (6-3C)
VSTP
(11-3E)
CISCLK
(4-4G)
CML1
(16-4D)
DPON1 (16-4D)
/EXHS1 (16-4D)
/CI1
(5-4G,16-4D)
TXOUT1
(16-5D)
RXIN1
(10-5A,16-5D)
E-RLY1
(16-4D)
DPMUTE1 (16-4D)
EXTSIG1
(16-5D)
CISSI
(4-4G)
PLEDEN2
(7-4A)
PNE (7-4A)
PNRS (7-4A)
PSEN6 (7-3A)
PSEN5 (7-3A)
PSEN4 (7-3A)
PSEN3 (7-3A)
PSEN2 (7-3A)
PSEN1 (7-3A)
PSEN0 (7-3A)
TMA (11-5D)
/TMA (11-5D)
TMB (11-4D)
/TMB (11-4D)
/LEDON
(11-1F)
SP+ (10-5G)
SP
– (10-4G)
/STPON
(11-2F)
PLD7
(7-4A)
PLD3(7-4A)
PLD5
(7-4A)
PLD0(7-3A)
PLEDEN1(7-4A)
PLD1(7-4A)
CML2 (16-4H)
DPON2 (16-4H)
/CI2
(16-4H)
TXOUT2
(16-5H)
E-RLY2
(16-4H)
DPMUTE2 (16-4H)
EXTSIG2 (16-5H)
RXIN2 (10-5A,16-5H)
FO-67DL
Connector block 1 15/16
6 – 15
Page 97
FO-6700U
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
F
G
G
H
H
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
C213
N.M.
CNSUB1
FX2M6B-60S-1.27DSAL
+5V1+5V2DPD03DPD14DPD25DPD36DPD47DPD58DPD69DPD710DPD811DPD912DPD1013DPD1114DPD12
15
TXOUT
60
RXIN
59
EXSIG
58
+12V57+12V
56DG55DG54DG53DG52CI51
EXHS
50
DPON
49
CML
48
E-RLY
47
DPMUTE
46
DPD1316DPD14
17
VOLA45VOLB
44
DPD1518DPA1019DPA9
20
VOLC
43
MRES
42
SRESET
41
DPA821DPA722DPA623DPA524DPA425DPA326DPA227DPA128+5V29BZCONT
30
DPRD
40
MCTWRL
39
MDPBSY
38
MCTWRH
37
MDPINT
36
MDPCS
35DG34DG33DG32
SPMUTE
31
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
30
28
26
24
22
31
333432
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
44
46
485049
47
45
43
41
52
54
56
586059
57
55
53
51
C258
N.M.
C210
N.M.
C231
N.M.
C230
N.M.
CNSUB2
FX2M6B-60S-1.27DSAL
+5V1+5V2DPD03DPD14DPD25DPD36DPD47DPD58DPD69DPD710DPD811DPD912DPD1013DPD1114DPD12
15
TXOUT
60
RXIN
59
EXSIG
58
+12V57+12V
56DG55DG54DG53DG52CI51
NOT USE
50
DPON
49
CML
48
E-RLY
47
DPMUTE
46
DPD1316DPD14
17
DG45DG
44
DPD1518DPA10
19
DPA9
20
DG
43
MRES
42
SRESET
41
DPA8
21
DPA722DPA623DPA5
24
DPA425DPA3
26
DPA2
27
DPA128+5V29+5V
30
DPRD
40
MCTWRL
39
MDPBSY
38
MCTWRH
37
MDPINT
36
MDPCS
35DG34DG33DG32DG31
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
30
28
26
24
22
31
333432
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
44
46
485049
47
45
43
41
52
54
56
586059
57
55
53
51
C209
N.M.
DPA4
DPA10
DPD13
DPD4
DPD3
DPA7
DPA1
DPD14
DPD0
DPA3
DPD7
DPA2
DPD11
DPD9
DPD2
DPD9
DPD10
DPA5
DPD6
DPA6
DPD5
DPD0
DPD8
DPD15
DPA1
DPA4
(10-5D)
DPD3
DPA6
DPA8
DPD1
DPD11
DPA3
DPD10
DPA8
DPD5
DPA10
DPD15
DPD6
DPD1
DPA9
DPD13
DPD14
DPA7
DPA9
DPD12
DPD2
DPA5
DPD8
DPD7
DPD4
DPA2
DPD12
DG
DG
DG
+5V
+12V
DG
DG
+5V
+12V
+5V
DG
DG
DG
+5V
/MCTWRL
(12-1H)
/SRESET1 (12-6H)
TXOUT1 (15-6D)
DPON1
(15-6D)
/CI1
(15-6D)
/MRES1
(2-1A)
CML1
(15-6D)
EXTSIG1(15-5D)
/MDPINT1 (1-5B)
/MCTWRH (12-2H)
/MDPBSY1 (12-5A)
/DPRD
(13-4G)
E-RLY1
(15-5D)
RXIN1
(15-6D)
/EXHS1 (15-6D)
DPMUTE1
(15-5D)
DPD[15:0](13-3G)
DPA[10:1](13-6G)
TXOUT2
(15-4D)
/MRES2
(2-1A)
/MCTWRH (12-2H)
/MDPCS2 (5-4F)
/DPRD
(13-4G)
EXTSIG2
(15-3D)
DPMUTE2 (15-3D)
DPON2
(15-4D)
/MDPBSY2 (12-5A)
/MDPINT2 (1-5B)
CML2
(15-4D)
/SRESET2
(12-5H)
/CI2 (15-4D)
RXIN2
(15-4D)
/MCTWRL (12-1H)
E-RLY2
(15-3D)
BZCONT
/MDPCS1
(5-4F)
VOLA
(10-4G)
VOLB
(10-4G)
VOLC
(10-4G)
SPMUTE
(10-4G)
FO-67DL
Connector block 2 (SUB) 16/16
6 – 16
Page 98
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
Main Control PWB parts layout (Top side)
6 – 17
Page 99
Main Control PWB parts layout (Bottom side)
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
6 – 18
Page 100
5
5
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
D D
C C
B B
A A
R250
4.7K
D105
HRW0502A
D109
HRW0502A
D110
HRW0502A
D108
HRW0502A
D118
HRW0502A
IC 15
HD6437021
MICROPROCESSOR(MASK)
DACK0/PA12
65
DREQ0/PA13
66
NMI74DREQ1/PA1568IRQ4/PB12/SCK0
97
IRQ6/PB14
99
IRQ7/PB15
100
PB8/RXD0
93
PB9/TXD0
94
IRQ5/PB13/SCK1
98
PB11/TXD1
96
WDTOVF
75
CK
69
EXTAL
71
XTAL
72
PA11
64
AD1012AD1114AD1216AD1317AD14
18A020A121A222A323A425A526A627A728A829A930
A1031A1133A1234A1335A1436A1537A1639A1740A1842A1943A2044A21
45
PA1062PA9/IRQOUT
61
PA8/BREQ
60
AD911AD810AD79AD68AD57AD46AD23AD12AD0
1
CS0
46
CS3/CASL
49
PB791PB589PB487PB386PB285PB184PB0
83
MD279MD178MD0
77
VCC73VCC
80
AD15
19
AD3
5
CS1/CASH
47
CS248CS4
51
CS5/RAS
52
CS6
53
WAIT/CS7
54RD57
WRL
55
WRH
56
DACK1/PA14
67
PB10/RXD1
95
RES
76
PA7/BACK
58
PB6
90
VSS70VSS59VSS
41
VSS
15
VCC13VCC38VCC63VCC88VSS4VSS24VSS32VSS50VSS82VSS81VSS
92
R224
R223
N.M
D111
HRW0502A
D112
HRW0502A
D113
HRW0502A
D115
HRW0502A
D117
HRW0502A
D116
HRW0502A
R266 33
A021A122A223A324A425A526A627A728A829A931A1032A1133A1234A1335A1436A1537A1638A17
39
DQ019DQ118DQ217DQ316DQ415DQ514DQ613DQ712DQ810DQ9
9
DQ108DQ117DQ126DQ135DQ144DQ15
3
VPP
1
VCC
40
GND11GND
30
E2G
20
R214
*
D114
HRW0502A
D140
HRW0502A
D131
HRW0502A
D132
HRW0502A
R210 4.7K
R211 4.7K
IC 10
HD5118164 or MSM5118165
1Mx16bit DRAM
I/O02I/O13I/O24I/O35I/O47I/O58I/O69I/O710I/O833I/O9
34
I/O1035I/O1136I/O1238I/O1339I/O1440I/O15
41 1
234
876
5
123
4
876
5
A017A118A219A320A423A524A625A726A827A9
28
RAS14LCAS
UCAD
31
30WE13WO29
N/C11N/C12N/C15N/C16N/C
32
VCC1VCC1VCC21VCC
6
GND22GND37GND
*
R214 R221
N.M.
10K
R260
470
N.M.
R261
270
N.M.
10K
N.M.
42
D134
HRW0502A
D133
HRW0502A
D135
HRW0502A
D136
HRW0502A
L103
10
R212 4.7K
R213 4.7K
C169
2200P
C175 2200P
D138
HRW0502A
D137
HRW0502A
D129
HRW0502A
D130
HRW0502A
D128
HRW0502A
D127
HRW0502A
D125
HRW0502A
D126
HRW0502A
C196 100P
C187
0.1
D124
HRW0502A
D123
HRW0502A
D121
HRW0502A
C174 2200P
R221
*
R267 33
R244 0
R219 4.7K
R217 33
C185
0.1
C186
0.1
C184
0.1
LINE-1 CONTROL PWB
(FO-6700U)
LINE-2 CONTROL PWB
(OPTION:FO-67DL)
R227 0
R237
N.M
TP32
C176 2200P
R268 33
R261
*
R260
*
IC 9B
74ALS08
1
2
3
C198 100P
R269 33
R209 0
R225 0
R226
RA8
33
RA9 33
R270 33
TP46
TP10
TP50
TP34
R262 0
R216 33
R222
10K
L104
0
R271 33
R235
4.7K
C182
N.M
C197
100P
R263 0
TP25
TP27
19.6608MHz
X2
R238
560
R218 0
C170
22P
C168
22P
R242
N.M
R247 270
R248 150
R245 150
R249 150
R246 270
TP47
C172
R241
R239
4.7K
C162
1
C163
1
C164
1
C165
1
C166
1
C167
1
C171
N.M
R220 4.7K
C188
0.1
R232
4.7K
R229
4.7K
R228
4.7K
R231
4.7K
R233
4.7K
R234
0
R264 33
C195
100P
R215 4.7K
R230
4.7K
R265 33
TP49
TP48
R243 0
IC 13B
74ALS04
12
C173
D103
HRW0502A
D102
HRW0502A
D104
HRW0502A
D100
HRW0502A
D101
HRW0502A
D107
HRW0502A
D106
HRW0502A
R236
470
SA18
SA17
SA16
SA15
SA14
SA13
SA12
SA11
SA10
SA9
SA8
SA7
SA6
SA5
SA4
SA3
SA2
SA1
SA10
SA18
SA9
SA1
SA15
SA12
SA7
SA6
SA17
SA13
SA19
SA20
SA21
SA4
SA5
SA14
SA3
SA16
SA0
SA11
SA8
SA2
SA8
SA4
SA5
SA1
SA2
SA6
SA9
SA3
SA7
SA10
SD7
SD3
SD10
SD5
SD12
SD7
SD5
SD11
SD15
SD6
SD7
SD2
SD13
SD3
SD9
SD4
SD3
SD14
SD8
SD2
SD10
SD14
SD11
SD6
SD9
SD13
SD13
SD4
SD0
SD5
SD12
SD1
SD14
SD0
SD15
SD15
SD12
SD10
SD8
SD6
SD4
SD1
SD2
SD1
SD0
SD11
SD9
SD8
+5V
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
DG
+5V
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
DG
+5V
+5V
SA[0:21]
SD[0:15]
/SCS2
/SRD
/SRD
/SRAS
/SCASL
/SCASH
/SWRL
/SRD
/SCASH
/SCASL
/SWRL
/SRAS
/SWRH
/MDMRST
/MDMINT
/SCS6
/DACK0
/DACK1
/DREQ0
/DREQ1
/SDPINT
/QMCINT
/MRES
GAINC
TXMUTE
/SRESET
SCLK
/SROMCS
/QMWAIT
/SWAIT
DPON
DPMUTE
E-RLY
CML
SPMUTE
BZCONT
(1-3B)
(1-3B)
(1-2B)
(1-2B)
(1-2B)
(1-2B)
(1-2B)
(1-3B)
(1-3B)
(1-3B)
(1-3B)
(1-2C)
(2-5D)
(2-5D)
(2-5D)
(2-5D)
(2-5C)
(2-5C)
(2-3D)
(2-3D)
(3-5D)
(3-5D)
(4-5D)
(3-2C)
(3-2C)
(7-4C)
(7-4C)
(5-3C)
(3-4B)
(3-3D)
(3-2C)
(3-2C)
(3-2C)
(3-2C)
(3-4B)
(5-3C)
(3-4B)
(3-4B)
(3-5B)(4-5B) (5-5C)(6-5C)
(3-5B)
(3-5B) (6-5D)
(7-5C)
(6-3C)
(6-3C)
(5-4D)
(7-4C)
(7-4C)
(7-4B)
(7-3B)
(5-3D)
(5-3D)
(7-4C)
IC 14
M27C4002-10F1
256Kx16bit EPROM
0
FO-6700U
FO-67DL
CPU & EPROM & DRAM block
[2] Line-1 Control PWB circuit (FO-6700U) & Line-2 Control PWB circuit (OPTION:FO-67DL) 1/7
6 – 19
Loading...